<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY author "Uwe Scholz">
<!ENTITY legal SYSTEM "legal.xml">
<!ENTITY appversion "2.0.3">
<!ENTITY manrevision "2.0.3">
<!ENTITY app "Gnome Commander">
]>
<!-- Information about the entities
       The legal.xml file contains legal information, there is no need to edit the file.
       Use the appversion entity to specify the version of the application.
       Use the manrevision entity to specify the revision number of this manual.
       Use the app entity to specify the name of the application. -->
<!-- =============Document Header ============================= -->
<article id="index" lang="sl">
<!-- please do not change the id; for translations, change lang to -->
<!-- appropriate code -->

  <articleinfo>
    <title lang="en">Gnome Commander Manual</title>
    <subtitle lang="en">Gnome Commander Desktop Application Manual V2.0.3</subtitle>
    <copyright lang="en">
      <year>2012</year>
      <year>2011</year>
      <year>2010</year>
      <year>2009</year>
      <year>2008</year>
      <year>2007</year>
      <year>2006</year>
      <holder>Piotr Eljasiak</holder>
    </copyright>
    <copyright lang="en">
      <year>2026</year>
      <year>2025</year>
      <year>2024</year>
      <year>2023</year>
      <year>2022</year>
      <year>2021</year>
      <year>2020</year>
      <year>2019</year>
      <year>2018</year>
      <year>2017</year>
      <year>2016</year>
      <year>2015</year>
      <year>2014</year>
      <year>2013</year>
      <holder>Uwe Scholz</holder>
    </copyright>
<!-- translators: uncomment this:

  <copyright>
   <year>2002</year>
   <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder>
  </copyright>
   -->

    <publisher role="maintainer">
      <publishername>Projekt dokumentacije GNOME</publishername>
    </publisher>

    <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="legal.xml"/>

    <authorgroup>
      <author lang="en">
        <firstname>GNOME Documentation Project</firstname>
        <surname/>
        <affiliation>
          <orgname>GNOME</orgname>
        </affiliation>
      </author>
      <author lang="en">
        <firstname>Piotr</firstname>
        <surname>Eljasiak</surname>
      </author>
      <author lang="en">
        <firstname>Laurent</firstname>
        <surname>Coudeur</surname>
      </author>
      <author lang="en">
        <firstname>Uwe</firstname>
        <surname>Scholz</surname>
      </author>


<!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,
      maintainers,  etc. Commented out by default.
       <othercredit role="translator">
  <firstname>Latin</firstname>
  <surname>Translator 1</surname>
  <affiliation>
    <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>
    <address> <email>translator@gnome.org</email> </address>
  </affiliation>
  <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>
      </othercredit>
-->
</authorgroup>

   <!-- This file  contains link to license for the documentation (GNU FDL), and
        other legal stuff such as "NO WARRANTY" statement. Please do not change
    any of this. -->

<!-- According to GNU FDL, revision history is mandatory if you are -->
<!-- modifying/reusing someone else's document.  If not, you can omit it. -->
<!-- Remember to remove the &manrevision; entity from the revision entries other-->
<!-- than the current revision. -->
<!-- The revision numbering system for GNOME manuals is as follows: -->
<!-- * the revision number consists of two components -->
<!-- * the first component of the revision number reflects the release version of the GNOME desktop. -->
<!-- * the second component of the revision number is a decimal unit that is incremented with each revision of the manual. -->
<!-- For example, if the GNOME desktop release is V2.x, the first version of the manual that -->
<!-- is written in that desktop timeframe is V2.0, the second version of the manual is V2.1, etc. -->
<!-- When the desktop release version changes to V3.x, the revision number of the manual changes -->
<!-- to V3.0, and so on. -->
    <revhistory>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2006-12-11</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.4;</revnumber>
        <date>2007-06-09</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.5;</revnumber>
        <date>2008-02-29</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.6;</revnumber>
        <date>2008-06-01</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.7;</revnumber>
        <date>2008-07-28</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8;</revnumber>
        <date>2009-06-29</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2009-08-10</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2009-09-22</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2009-10-28</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.4;</revnumber>
        <date>2009-12-03</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.5;</revnumber>
        <date>2010-02-13</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.6;</revnumber>
        <date>2010-06-01</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.7;</revnumber>
        <date>2010-07-27</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.8;</revnumber>
        <date>2010-09-09</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.9;</revnumber>
        <date>2010-12-03</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.10;</revnumber>
        <date>2011-01-15</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.11;</revnumber>
        <date>2011-05-01</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.12;</revnumber>
        <date>2011-06-15</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.13;</revnumber>
        <date>2011-08-06</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.14;</revnumber>
        <date>2011-10-04</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.2.8.15;</revnumber>
        <date>2011-12-06</date>
        <revdescription>
            <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email>
            </para>
            <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4;</revnumber>
        <date>2014-03-17</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Laurent Coudeur
                <email>laurentc@iol.ie</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Piotr Eljasiak
                <email>epiotr@cvs.gnome.org</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2014-04-05</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2014-05-23</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2014-06-22</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4.4;</revnumber>
        <date>2014-11-11</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4.5;</revnumber>
        <date>2015-01-24</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4.6;</revnumber>
        <date>2015-05-19</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4.7;</revnumber>
        <date>2014-05-30</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.4.8;</revnumber>
        <date>2016-03-14</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.6.0;</revnumber>
        <date>2016-10-04</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.6.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2016-10-18</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.6.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2016-11-06</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.6.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2017-02-26</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.6.4;</revnumber>
        <date>2017-05-28</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.8.0;</revnumber>
        <date>2017-08-10</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.8.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2018-03-04</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.10.0;</revnumber>
        <date>2019-03-31</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.10.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2019-05-12</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.10.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2019-05-16</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
       <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.10.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2020-06-19</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.12.0;</revnumber>
        <date>2021-03-25</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.12.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2021-04-17</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.12.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2021-05-29</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.12.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2021-11-20</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.12.3.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2021-11-21</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.14.0;</revnumber>
        <date>2022-02-05</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.14.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2022-03-01</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.14.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2022-03-27</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.14.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2022-06-18</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
                <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.16.0;</revnumber>
        <date>2023-01-22</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.16.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2023-07-08</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.16.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2024-05-16</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.18.0;</revnumber>
        <date>2024-07-21</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.18.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2024-07-30</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.18.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2025-02-10</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.18.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2025-06-22</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.18.4;</revnumber>
        <date>2025-09-28</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.18.5;</revnumber>
        <date>2026-01-24</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V1.18.6;</revnumber>
        <date>2026-04-26</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V2.0.0;</revnumber>
        <date>2026-05-17</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Uwe Scholz
            <email>u.scholz83@gmx.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V2.0.1;</revnumber>
        <date>2026-05-27</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Wladimir Palant
            <email>jhpgnome@palant.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V2.0.2;</revnumber>
        <date>2026-06-01</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Wladimir Palant
            <email>jhpgnome@palant.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
      <revision lang="en">
        <revnumber>Gnome Commander Manual V2.0.3;</revnumber>
        <date>2026-06-13</date>
        <revdescription>
          <para role="author" lang="en">Wladimir Palant
            <email>jhpgnome@palant.de</email></para>
          <para role="publisher" lang="en">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
        </revdescription>
      </revision>
    </revhistory>
    <releaseinfo lang="en">This manual describes version 2.0.3 of Gnome Commander. </releaseinfo>
    <legalnotice>
      <title>Odziv</title>
      <para lang="en">You can report or view Gnome Commander bugs at <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-commander/issues">gitlab.gnome.org</ulink>.</para>

<!-- Translators may also add here feedback address for translations -->
    </legalnotice>
    <abstract role="description">
      <para lang="en">Gnome Commander is a lightweight and fast file manager.</para>
    </abstract>
  </articleinfo>
  <indexterm zone="index" lang="en">
    <primary>gnome-commander</primary>
  </indexterm>
  <indexterm zone="index" lang="en">
    <primary>file manager</primary>
  </indexterm>

<!-- ============= Document Body ============================= -->
<!-- ============= Introduction ============================== -->
<!-- Use the Introduction section to give a brief overview of what the application is and what it does. -->
  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-introduction">
    <title>Uvod</title>
    <para lang="en">The Gnome Commander application is a fast and powerful graphical file manager,
    it has a "two-pane" interface based on the orthodox file manager (OFM) principle,
    in the tradition of Norton and Midnight Commander.

    Gnome Commander provides the following features:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Split panel view</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Support for tabs</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Quick search and filter</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Advanced search by file name and content</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Remote connections to SSH servers, FTP, Windows shares,
      WebDAV</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Internal viewer with text, hex and image view</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Command line with embedded terminal output</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Advanced rename tool supporting file meta-data</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Highly customizable keyboard shortcuts</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">User defined colors for the panels</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Support for bookmarks</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Comparing directories</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
    <para lang="en">and more…</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <note>
      <para lang="en">If you are using code from git repository, it is possible that the latest new features are not yet in
        this manual. Please read the
        <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-commander/-/commits/main">detailed ChangeLog
        online</ulink> or in the Gnome Commander sources to find out more about the new features.
      </para>
    </note>
  </sect1>

<!-- =========== Getting Started ============================== -->
<!-- Use the Getting Started section to describe the steps required
     to start the application and to describe the user interface components
     of the application. If there is other information that it is important
     for readers to know before they start using the application, you should
     also include this information here.
     If the information about how to get started is very short, you can
     include it in the Introduction and omit this section. -->
  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-getting-started">
    <title lang="en">Getting Started</title>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-start">
      <title lang="en">To Start Gnome Commander</title>
      <para lang="en">You can start Gnome Commander in the following ways:
    </para>
    <variablelist>
    <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en"><guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu</term>
        <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Choose
        <menuchoice>
        <guisubmenu>Accessories</guisubmenu>
        <guimenuitem>Gnome Commander</guimenuitem>
        </menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    <varlistentry>
        <term>Ukazna vrstica</term>
        <listitem>
        <para lang="en">To start Gnome Commander from a command line, type the following command,
        then press <keycap>Return</keycap>:</para>
        <para lang="en">
            <command>gnome-commander</command>
        </para>
        </listitem>
    </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
    </sect2>

    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-when-start">
      <title lang="en">When You Start Gnome Commander</title>
      <para lang="en">When you start Gnome Commander, the following window is displayed.</para>
      <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
      <figure id="mainwindow-fig">
        <title lang="en">Gnome Commander Window</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_window.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Shows Gnome Commander main window. Contains titlebar, menubar, toolbar, display area, and scrollbars.
                Menubar contains File, View, Settings, and Help menus.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
<!-- Include any descriptions of the GUI immediately after the screenshot of the main UI, -->
<!-- for example, the items on the menubar and on the toolbar. This section is optional. -->
      <para lang="en">The Gnome Commander window contains the following elements:</para>
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry>
          <term>Menijska Vrstica.</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands you need to work with files in Gnome Commander.</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term>Orodna vrstica.</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"> The toolbar contains a subset of the commands that you can access from the menubar.</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term>Vrstica stanja.</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">The statusbar displays information about current Gnome Commander activity and contextual information about
              the menu items.
            </para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-command-line">
      <title>Možnosti ukazne vrstice</title>
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en"><guilabel>Options</guilabel></term>
          <listitem>
            <itemizedlist>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>--help</guilabel>
                </para>
                <para>Pokaži podrobnen pogled možnosti</para>
              </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>-l, --start-left-dir=STRING</guilabel>
                </para>
                <para>Določitev začetne mape za levo okno</para>
              </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>-r, --start-right-dir=STRING</guilabel>
                </para>
                <para>Določitev začetne mape za desno okno</para>
              </listitem>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>-d, --debug=STRING</guilabel>
                </para>
                <para lang="en">Specify debug flags to use. Debug output will be written to stdout (only available in debug builds)</para>
                <para>Mogoče zastavice:</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>a</guilabel> set all debug flags</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>c</guilabel> file and directory counting</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>d</guilabel> directory ref-counting</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>f</guilabel> file ref-counting</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>g</guilabel> run_command debugging</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>i</guilabel> image loader</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>k</guilabel> directory pool</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>l</guilabel> directory listings</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>m</guilabel> connection debugging</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>n</guilabel> directory monitoring</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>p</guilabel> python plugins</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>s</guilabel> SMB network browser</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>t</guilabel> metadata tags</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>u</guilabel> user actions debugging</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>v</guilabel> internal viewer</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>w</guilabel> widget_lookup</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>x</guilabel> xfer</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>y</guilabel> brief MIME based imageload</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guilabel>z</guilabel> detailed MIME based imageload</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </listitem>
            </itemizedlist>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en">
            <guilabel>Examples</guilabel>
          </term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
              <command>gnome-commander <option>-d nvl</option></command>
            </para>
            <para lang="en">
                Starts Gnome Commander with debugging of directory listings, internal viewer and directory monitoring
                facilities.
              </para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </sect2>
  </sect1>

<!-- ================ Basic Usage ========================== -->
<!-- Use this section to describe how to use the application to perform the tasks for
  which the application is designed. -->
  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-usage">
    <title lang="en">Basic Usage</title>
    <!-- ================ Selecting Files Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-select">
        <title>Izbor datotek in map</title>
        <para lang="en">You can select files and folders in several ways in Gnome Commander. Typically this is achieved by clicking on the files using the mouse, as explained in <xref linkend="gcmd-TBL-10"/>.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-TBL-10">
        <title lang="en">Selecting Items in the File Manager</title>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Naloga</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Dejanje</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Default key bindings</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>Izbor predmeta</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>Klik na predmet</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SPACE</keycap></keycombo></para>
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>INSERT</keycap></keycombo></para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select a group of contiguous items</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Click on the first item in the group. Press-and-hold <keycap>SHIFT</keycap>, then click on the last item in the group.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top"/>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>Izbor več predmetov</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Press and hold <keycap>CTRL</keycap>. Click on the items that you want to select.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top"/>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>Izbor vseh predmetov v mapi</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Mark</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select All</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para>
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo></para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Unselect all items in a folder</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Mark</guimenu><guimenuitem>Unselect All</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para>
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo></para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>Izbor datotek z vzorčnim nizom</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Mark</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select with Pattern</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Gnome Commander selects files matching a pattern based upon their file name using either wildcards or regular expressions.
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo></para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>Počiščenje izbora z uporabo vzorcev</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Mark</guimenu><guimenuitem>Unselect with Pattern</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Gnome Commander unselects files matching a pattern based upon their file name using either
                  wildcards or regular expressions.
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo></para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>Obrni izbor</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Mark</guimenu><guimenuitem>Invert Selection</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>NUM *</keycap></keycombo></para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para lang="en">There are even more options available for selecting files in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Mark</guimenu></menuchoice> menu</para>
      <para lang="en">To perform the default action on an item, double-click on the item.</para>
    </sect2>


    <!-- ================ Drag-and-Drop Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-dnd">
      <title>Povleci in spusti</title>
      <para lang="en">You can drag and drop selected items from one panel to the other to copy, move, or create a symbolic link
        to an item. You can also drag and drop the selected items into another application.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">To drag and drop a selection or a selected item with your mouse, with the pointer over the selection or
        the item, press the left button and keep it depressed, move the mouse pointer to the target location and
        release the left button.
     </para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">By pressing the <keycap>SHIFT</keycap> key while you release the mouse button you can move the
            selection instead of copying it.
         </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">By pressing the <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap></keycombo> keys while you
            release the mouse button you can create symbolic link to the selection instead of copying it.
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">When not pressing a key while dropping the selection, the default is to query for the action to be
        executed, i.e. copy, move or create a symbolic link. In the Gnome Commander options you can change that behavior
        to copy or to move the selection. See also under <xref linkend="gnome-commander-prefs-confirmation"/>.
      </para>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Copying Files Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-copy">
      <title>Kopiranje datoteke ali mape</title>
      <para lang="en">You can use the mouse, the keyboard and the menus to copy a selection of items in another location.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">First select the item(s) you wish to copy, You can then use any of the following options.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To copy using the menus <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then select the location where you want to copy the selection and select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Using the mouse: You can also right click on the selected items in the drop down menu select
            <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> then in the chosen location Right click in an empty area and select
            <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> in the drop down menu.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press the following keys <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>, then select the location for the files and press <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To copy the selection from one panel to the other using the mouse simply drag and drop the selected
            items to the other pane.
         </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To copy the selection from one panel to the other you can simply press <keycap>F5</keycap>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">The first three options will allow you to copy into another application than Gnome Commander.</para>
      </note>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Moving Files Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-move">
      <title>Premikanje datoteke ali mape</title>
      <para lang="en">You can use the mouse, the keyboard , and the menus to move a selection of items in another location
      </para>
      <para lang="en">First select the item(s) you wish to move, You can then use any of the following options.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To move using the menus <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then select the location where you want to copy the selection and select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Using the mouse: you can also right click on the selected items in the drop down menu select
          <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> then in the chosen location right click in an empty area and select
          <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> in the drop down menu.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press the following keys <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>X</keycap></keycombo>, then select the location for the files and press <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To move the selection from one panel to the other using the mouse drag and drop the selected items
          to the other panel and press the <keycap>SHIFT</keycap> while releasing the left mouse button.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To move the selection from one panel to the other you can simply press <keycap>F6</keycap>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">With the first three options it is possible to move marked items into another application.</para>
      </note>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Renaming Files Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-rename">
      <title>Preimenovanje datoteke ali mape</title>
      <para lang="en">This section describes a simple way to rename files or folders. There is also the
      <xref linkend="gnome-commander-advanced-rename"/> for more complex operations and batch processing. You can
       use the following methods to rename files and folders.</para>
      <para lang="en">Firstly select the item you wish to rename.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right click on the item and select <guimenu>Rename</guimenu>, type in the new name, and press
           <keycap>ENTER</keycap> when finished.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press <keycap>F2</keycap> and then type in the new name and press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> when
           finished.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">You can also use the menus: select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenu>Properties</guimenu></menuchoice> and rename the file using the properties dialog.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Deleting Files Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-delete">
      <title>Izbrisanje datoteke ali mape</title>
      <para lang="en">There are different ways to delete an item using Gnome Commander.</para>
      <para lang="en">Select the item(s) you wish to delete.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press the <keycap>Delete</keycap> or the <keycap>F8</keycap> keys.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">With the mouse right click on the item(s) then in the drop down menu select <guimenu>Delete</guimenu>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">In the menu select <guimenu>Delete</guimenu>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Creating Folders Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-create-folder">
      <title>Ustvarjanje mape</title>
      <para lang="en">You can create a new folder in Gnome Commander using the following methods.</para>
      <para lang="en">Navigate to the location where you want to create the new folder.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press the <keycap>F7</keycap>, in the dialog box that is then opened name the new folder.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Using the mouse: Right click in an empty area of the panel, in the drop down menu select <menuchoice><guimenu>New</guimenu><guimenu>Folder</guimenu></menuchoice>, then type the folder name in the dialog box that is opened.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Symbolic Links Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-symbolic-links">
      <title>Ustvarjanje simbolne povezave do datoteke ali mape</title>
      <para>Simbolna povezava je posebna vrsta datoteke, ki kaže na drugo datoteko ali mapo. Kadar izvedete dejanje na simbolni povezavi, se dejanje izvede na datoteki ali mapi, na katero simbolna povezava kaže. Pomembno pa je, da lahko simbolno povezavo izbrišemo, prava datoteka pa ostane nespremenjena.</para>
      <para lang="en">There are three different ways to create a symbolic link to
      a file or folder:
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file or folder to which you want to create a
          link. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create
          Symbolic Link</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Grab the item to which you want to create a link, then
          press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap></keycombo>.
          Drag the item to the location where you want to place the link.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
    <para lang="en">Select the file or folder to which you want to create
        a link. Press
        <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
  </listitem>
      </itemizedlist></para>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">The permissions of a symbolic link are determined by the file
            or folder to which a symbolic link points.</para>
      </note>
      <tip>
        <para lang="en">For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend="gnome-commander-dnd"/>.</para>
      </tip>
    </sect2>
   <!-- ================ Tab subsection ================================= -->
   <sect2 id="gnome-commander-tabs">
    <title lang="en">Using multiple tabs</title>
    <para lang="en">You can open multiple tabs in both panels to speed up navigation. Gnome Commander can store the open tabs location upon closing. When you restart the application the tabs are reopened as they were before. This option can be set in <xref linkend="gnome-commander-prefs-general"/>. </para>
    <para lang="en">Using the mouse the middle click can be configured to open a new tab. This option can be set in <xref linkend="gnome-commander-prefs-general"/>. When it is set a middle click on a folder will open it in a new tab in the same pane.
    </para>
    <note>
    <para lang="en">When using a 2 button mouse the middle click is emulated by clicking both buttons simultaneously
    </para>
    </note>
    <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
        <para lang="en">To open a new tab press <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo> this opens a new tab in the current panel with the same folder opened.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To open a new tab displaying the selected folder in the current panel press the <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>UP</keycap></keycombo>. If you have configured the mouse middle click option to open a new tab (<xref linkend="gnome-commander-prefs-general"/>), then using the middle mouse button on a folder will also open a new tab displaying it in the current pane.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To open a new tab displaying the selected folder in the inactive panel press the <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>UP</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To navigate between tabs you can use the mouse or use <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>TAB</keycap></keycombo> as many times as needed to select the tab element. If the tabs are selected you can also use the <keycap>RIGHT</keycap> or <keycap>LEFT</keycap> to select the desired tab.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To close a tab you can use the mouse and double click the tab or right click on it and from the menu select <guimenu>Close tab</guimenu>. You can also close the current tab using the keyboard shortcut <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
        <para lang="en">Right clicking on any tab will open a tab specific menu</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><guimenu>Open in new tab</guimenu> this action opens a new tab displaying the currently opened folder. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><guimenu>Lock tab</guimenu> this action locks a tab so that a warning is displayed when you try to close the tab.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><guimenu>Refresh tab</guimenu> this action refreshes the files currently displayed in the folder.
          </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><guimenu>Copy tab to other panel</guimenu> opens a new tab in the opposite panel, this tab will display the current folder. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en"><guimenu>Close tab</guimenu> this action closes the currently selected tab.
        </para>
        </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Close all tabs</guimenu> Gnome Commander will close all open tabs in the current pane. This leaves the current tab as the only open folder.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Close duplicate tabs</guimenu> Gnome Commander will search for duplicated open tabs in the current panel and close them.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
   </sect2>

  </sect1>

<!-- ================ Advanced features ================================ -->
<!-- Use this section to describe how to use the application to perform the tasks for
  which the application is designed. -->
<!--This was split from usage section to help readability-->
  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-advanced-features">
    <title lang="en">Advanced Features</title>
    <para lang="en">This section describes more features and tools included in Gnome Commander</para>
    <!-- ================ File Searching Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-search">
      <title lang="en">Searching for Files</title>
      <para lang="en">The file search enables you to search for files on your system.
          To perform a basic search, you can type a file name or a partial file name, with or without wild cards.
          To refine your search, you can apply additional search options.</para>
      <para lang="en">To start the search you can use the following methods:
                         <itemizedlist>
                                   <listitem><para lang="en">Press the <keycap>F9</keycap> key or click on the <guibutton>F9 Search</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
                                   <listitem><para lang="en">Use the <keycombo><keycap>Super</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>.</para></listitem>
                                   <listitem><para lang="en">In the menubar select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>File</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Search</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
      <para lang="en">Gnome Commander searches in the directory that you specify and optionally in the sub directories.
          The search results are displayed in the results file list.</para>
      <para lang="en">In the basic search you can use the question mark character (<keycap>?</keycap>) or the wildcard character (<keycap>*</keycap>) anywhere
        in the file path to adjust the search path pattern. A slash (<keycap>/</keycap>) in a pattern indicates a directory separator.</para>
      <para lang="en">The following options can be defined in the search dialog:
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem><para lang="en">Look in the specified folder</para></listitem>
          <listitem><para lang="en">File path pattern</para></listitem>
          <listitem><para lang="en">File path matches casing / file path matches regex</para></listitem>
          <listitem><para lang="en">Recursive search (depth of search)</para></listitem>
          <listitem><para lang="en">Search for the specified text in files</para></listitem>
          <listitem><para lang="en">Text in files should match casing</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist></para>
      <para lang="en">Use the <guimenuitem>Stop</guimenuitem> button to stop a search before Gnome Commander completes the search.</para>
      <para lang="en">The files in the search result list can be viewed, edited or deleted with the associated user actions.</para>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ File Properties Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-file-properties">
      <title lang="en">Viewing the Properties of a File or Folder</title>
      <para lang="en">To view the properties of a file or folder, perform the following steps:
      </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file or folder whose properties you want to
    view. Now you can</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Press <keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the file or folder and choose <guimenuitem>Properties...</guimenuitem>.</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
      <figure id="properties-dlg-fig">
        <title lang="en">File Properties dialog</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_dialog_file_properties.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Shows file properties dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
      <tip>
        <para lang="en">On the Permissions tab (see <xref linkend="permission-tab-fig"/>), you can change the permissions
         and ownership of a file (that is, if you have the right permissions
         yourself). You can change the read, write, and execute settings
        for a file. For more information on permissions, see
        <xref linkend="gnome-commander-permissions"/>.</para>
      </tip>
      <para lang="en">The following table lists the properties that you can view or set for
        files and folders, the exact information shown depends on the object type:
      </para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="27.27*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="72.73*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Lastnost</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Ime</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Ime datoteke ali mape.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Mesto</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The location of the file or folder.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Volume</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The name of the volume in which the file or folder
    is located.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Free space</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The amount of free space on the volume.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Vrsta</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The type of object, file or folder.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Vrsta MIME</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The official naming of the type of file.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Opens with</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Default application to open the file with.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Spremenjeno</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The date and time at which the object was last changed.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Dostopano</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The date and time at which the object was last viewed.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>Velikost</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The amount of data occupied by object, file or folder.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Metadata</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">If available, additional metadata information is
                shown for file types like images, documents or audio
                files. The shown tags are: File.Description,
                File.Publisher, Doc.Title, Doc.Pagecount,
                Audio.Albumartist, Audio.Title, Audio.Bitrate and
                Audio.Durationmmss. For more information, see
    <link linkend="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-metadata-tags">metadata tags</link>.
    </para>
        </entry>
      </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Permissions Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-permissions">
      <title>Spreminjanje dovoljenj</title>
      <para lang="en">To change the permissions of a file or a folder, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Select the file that needs its permission modified.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Open the <link linkend="gnome-commander-file-properties">properties window</link>
      with your favorite method (e.g. <keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo>).</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Kliknite na zavihek <guilabel>Dovoljenj</guilabel>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">To change the file's group, choose from the groups the user
           belongs to in the drop-down selector.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">For each of the owner, the group, and all other users, choose from
           these permissions for the file:</para>
          <informaltable frame="topbot">
            <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <colspec colwidth="27.27*"/>
              <colspec colwidth="72.73*"/>
              <thead>
                <row rowsep="1">
                  <entry>
                    <para>Lastnost</para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry>
                    <para>Opis</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
              </thead>
              <tbody>
                <row>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para>Branje</para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">The users can read a file.</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
                <row>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para>Pisanje</para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para>Uporabniki lahko shranijo datoteko.</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
                <row>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para>Izvajanje</para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para>Uporabniki lahko zaženejo datoteko kot program.</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
              </tbody>
            </tgroup>
          </informaltable>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
      <figure id="permission-tab-fig">
        <title lang="en">File Permissions dialog</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_dialog_file_permissions.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Shows file permissions dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>

      <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->


    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Bookmarks Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-bookmarks">
      <title>Uporaba zaznamkov</title>
      <para lang="en">You can use bookmarks to speed up navigation within your local files or to
       access remote servers.</para>
      <para lang="en">Managing your bookmarks is done with the bookmark manager, started by selecting
      <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Manage bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
      or pressing <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>. See an example screenshot
      below.</para>
      <para lang="en">To add a folder to the bookmarks, navigate to the folder's location.
      In the menu select <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenu>Bookmark this
      directory</guimenu></menuchoice>. Once you have added a bookmark, it will be added
      in its respective group in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu></menuchoice> menu.
      A bookmark is automatically assigned to a group, depending on where the bookmark is pointing to.</para>
      <para lang="en">You can then Jump to a bookmark, Edit, Remove, or modify the position of a
      bookmark in the selected group.</para>
      <para lang="en">In the bookmark list there are two different columns displayed:
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">The name of the bookmark,</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">The path to which the bookmark points to.</para></listitem>
      </orderedlist></para>
      <para lang="en">The name and the path of a bookmark are editable by pressing the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
      button. In contrast, the shortcut of a bookmark in the third column is taken from
      the associated user action <guimenu>Go to bookmarked location</guimenu>, adjustable by clicking on
      the  menu entry <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard Shortcuts...</guimenuitem>
      </menuchoice>. In the bookmarks window it is only shown as a reference but it is not editable.</para>
      <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
      <figure id="bookmark-dlg-mgmt-fig">
        <title lang="en">Bookmark Management Dialog</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_dialog_bookmark.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Shows bookmark management dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Hidden Files Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-hidden-files">
      <title lang="en">Hidden Files and Folders</title>
      <para lang="en">By default, Gnome Commander does not display certain system and backup files in folders.
        This prevents accidental modification or deletion of them, which can impair the operation of your computer,
        and also reduces clutter in locations such as your Home Folder. Gnome Commander does not display:</para>
        <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para>Skrite datoteke katerih ime se začne s piko (.),</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Backup files, whose file name ends with a tilde (~) or with extension <filename>'.bak'</filename></para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Files that are listed in a particular folder's <filename>.hidden</filename> file.</para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">You may hide or show hidden files in all folders by:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Pressing <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>.</para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Advanced Rename Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-advanced-rename">
        <title>Napredno preimenovanje datotek</title>
        <para lang="en">A powerful tool for batch renaming of the files selected in Gnome Commander.
        It allows to easily rename lots of files in one go.
        The file names can be created by parts of the original file name, its path,
        numbering the files or accessing hundreds of metadata information about the file,
        like creation date or <link linkend="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-metadata-tags">Exif/IPTC</link>
        information of an image.</para>

        <para lang="en">When started, the following dialog is displayed:</para>

        <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
        <figure id="advrename-dlg-fig">
             <title>Pogovorno okno naprednega preimenovanja</title>
             <screenshot>
                <mediaobject lang="en">
                   <imageobject>
                     <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_dialog_adv_rename.png" format="PNG"/>
                        </imageobject>
                   <textobject><phrase>Shows advanced file renaming dialog.</phrase>
                   </textobject>
               </mediaobject>
             </screenshot>
           </figure>
        <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->

        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Template</guilabel>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Specifies template for file renaming. All ordinary characters placed in the format string
                        go into the new name without conversion. Conversion specifiers are introduced by a few
                        <link linkend="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-placeholders">placeholders</link>
                        (see below for the detailed list). Additionally
                        <link linkend="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-g-date-time-format">g_date_time_format() format controls</link>
                        are also accepted - except for "%D", "%n" and "%t" for obvious reasons.
                        If found, they are left intact.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Counter</guilabel>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Specifies settings for counters: start value, step and width ('auto' = automatic width, '1',..., '16': fixed width).</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Regex replacing</guilabel>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">List of the regular expression patterns. The patterns are matched against
                        <guilabel>Template</guilabel>. If matched, patterns are replaced
                        with their corresponding replacements. The order of execution is top-bottom.
                        Invalid or broken regex patterns will be marked red.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Case</guilabel>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                <para lang="en">Changes the case of the selected file names.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Trim blanks</guilabel>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para>Odstrani začetne in končne presledne znake izbranih imen datotek.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Results</guilabel>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">List of the new file names. The list can be reordered using drag-and-drop.
                        The context menu provides options for: removing file from the list,
                        viewing file or its properties, and refreshing the list.
                        Conflicting renames will be marked red.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Starts to rename files. Conflicting renames will be marked red.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guibutton>Close</guibutton>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Closes the dialog without file renaming.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guibutton>Reset</guibutton>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Resets current settings to defaults.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
              <term lang="en">
                  <guibutton>Profiles...</guibutton>
              </term>
              <listitem>
                  <para lang="en">Shows options for profile management. A profile is a collection
                        of advanced file renaming parameters
                        (template, counter, regex patterns, case conversions and blank trimming)
                        identified by its name. You can define as many different profiles as you require.</para>
              </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>

        <sect3 id="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-placeholders">
        <title>Predloge vsebnikov</title>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
            <tgroup cols="2">
                <colspec colname="col1"/>
                <colspec colname="col2"/>
                <thead>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry colname="col1" colsep="0" valign="top"><para>Vsebnik</para></entry>
                        <entry colname="col2" valign="top"><para>Zamenjava</para></entry>
                    </row>
                </thead>
                <tbody>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$N</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The whole file name (with extension)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$N(razpon)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Part of the whole file name (with extension)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$n</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ime datoteke brez pripone</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$n(razpon)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Del imena datoteke brez pripone</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$e</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Pripona datoteke</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$e(razpon)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Del pripone datoteke</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$p</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Parent dir name</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$p(razpon)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Part of the parent dir name</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$g</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Grandparent dir name</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$g(razpon)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Part of the grandparent dir name</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$c</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Števec datotek</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$c(širina)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">File counter with specified digit number (width)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">$c(a)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">File counter with digit number (width) calculated automatically</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$x</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Hexadecimal random number (8 lowercase digits)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$x(širina)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Hexadecimal random number with specified lowercase digit number (width)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">$X</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Hexadecimal random number (8 uppercase digits)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">$X(width)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Hexadecimal random number with specified uppercase digit number (width)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$T(metaoznaka)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Metapodatkovne oznake</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>$$</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Znak "$"</para></entry>
                    </row>
                </tbody>
            </tgroup>
        </informaltable>

        <tip>
            <para lang="en">Broken - like $n(), $e(0,-3) or $N(abc) - or unknown placeholders are copied verbatim without any substitution.</para>
        </tip>
        </sect3>

        <sect3 id="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-metadata-tags">
        <title>Metapodatkovne oznake (metaoznake)</title>

        <para lang="en">Metadata is usually defined as data about data. Metadata describes data about files that is often user visible in file managers,
        office applications, document viewers and audio players. Metadata can typically be viewed or written by selecting "properties"
        from the file menu of one of these applications.</para>

        <para lang="en">For all metadata, each metadata tag (metatag) needs to be namespaced with its class type using a "." qualifier
        (e.g. <literal>Audio.Artist</literal> represents the metadata Artist for an audio class file).</para>

        <para lang="en">The placeholder for metadata is <literal>$T(metatag)</literal>. Use, for example,
        <literal>$T(Exif.DateTime)</literal> to get image capture date/time and to insert it to new
        filename (metatags names are case insensitive, so we could use also
        <literal>$T(exif.datetime)</literal> here). The generic <literal>'Audio.'</literal>,
        <literal>'Doc.'</literal>, <literal>'File.'</literal> and <literal>'Image.'</literal>  metatags are independent
        of the used framework and they provide unified access to respectively audio, doc, file or image metadata.
        Please refer to
        <ulink url="http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-filemetadata-spec" type="http">freedesktop.org</ulink>
        for more details on the generic metatags.</para>

        <informaltable frame="topbot">
            <tgroup cols="3">
                <colspec colname="col1"/>
                <colspec colname="col2"/>
                <colspec colname="col3"/>
                <thead>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry colname="col1" colsep="0" valign="top"><para>Oznaka</para></entry>
                        <entry colname="col2" colsep="0" valign="top"><para>Ime</para></entry>
                        <entry colname="col3" valign="top"><para>Opis</para></entry>
                    </row>
                </thead>
                <tbody>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Album</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Album</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ime albuma</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.AlbumArtist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvajalec albuma</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvajalec albuma</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.AlbumGain</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ojačenje albuma</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Prilagoditev ojačitve za album.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.AlbumPeakGain</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ojačanje vrha albuma.</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Prilagoditev ojačitve vrhov albuma.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.AlbumTrackCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Štetje sledi albuma</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število sledi na albumu.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Artist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvajalec</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvajalec sledi</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Bitrate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Bitna hitrost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Bitna hitrost v kbps</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Channels</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kanali</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število kanalov zvoka (2 = stereo).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Codec</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kodek</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opis kodiranja kodeka.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.CodecVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Različica kodeka</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Različica kodeka.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Comment</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opomba</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opombe na sledi.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Copyright</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Avtorske pravice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Sporočilo avtorskih pravic.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.CoverAlbumThumbnailPath</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Pod do sličic naslovnice albuma</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Pot do sličice naslovnice albuma.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.DiscNo</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Številka nosilca</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Določa nosilec na katerem je iskana sled.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Duration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Trajanje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Trajanje sledi v sekundah.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Audio.Duration.MMSS</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Trajanje [MM:SS]</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Čas trajanja sledi v MM:SS.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Genre</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zvrst</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zvrst glasbe kot jo določa ID3 določilo sledi.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.IsNew</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Je nov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1", če je sled v zbirki nova (privzeta vrednost je "0").</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.ISRC</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>ISRC</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Mednarodni standard snemanja (International Standard Recording Code).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.LastPlay</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zadnjič predvajano</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kdaj je bila sled nazadnje predvajana.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Lyrics</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Besedilo skladbe</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Besedilo skladbe.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MBAlbumArtistID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MB ID izvajalca albuma</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MusicBrainz ID izvajalca albuma v UUID obliki.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MBAlbumID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MB ID albuma</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MusicBrainz ID albuma v UUID obliki.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MBArtistID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MB ID izvajalca</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MusicBrainz ID izvajalca v UUID obliki.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MBTrackID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MB ID sledi</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MusicBrainz ID sledi v UUID obliki.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MPEG.ChannelMode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kanalni način</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MPEG kanalski način.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MPEG.Copyrighted</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Avtorsko zaščiteno</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" določi podatek avtorske zaščite.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MPEG.Layer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Sloj</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MPEG sloj.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MPEG.Original</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni zvok</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" določi podatek osnovnega lastništva.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.MPEG.Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MPEG različica</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MPEG različica.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Performer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvajalec</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ime izvajalca/dirigenta skladbe.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.PlayCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Števec predvajanj</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število predvajanj sledi.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.ReleaseDate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Datum objave</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Datum objave skladbe.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.SampleRate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vzorčna hitrost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vzorčna hitrost v Hz.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Title</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Naslov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Naslov sledi.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.TrackGain</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ojačanje sledi</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Prilagoditev ojačitve sledi.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.TrackNo</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Številka sledi</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Položaj sledi v albumu.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.TrackPeakGain</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ojačanje vrhov sledi</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Prilagoditev ojačitve vrhov sledi.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Audio.Year</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Leto</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Leto.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Author</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Avtor</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ime avtorja.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.ByteCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Štetje bajtov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število bajtov v dokumentu.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.CaseSensitive</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Razlikovanje velikosti črk</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Razlikovanje velikosti črk.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Category</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kategorija</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kategorija.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.CellCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Štetje celic</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število celic v dokumentu.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.CharacterCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Štetje znakov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število znakov v dokumentu.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Codepage</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kodni nabor</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>MS koda za kodiranje nizov metapodatkov.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Comments</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opombe</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Uporabniško določeno prosto besedilo.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Company</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Podjetje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Organization that the <literal>Doc.Creator</literal> entity is associated with.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Author</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Avtor</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ime avtorja.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Creator</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Creator</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Sestavljavec vsebine besedila vira, ki je lahko oseba organizacija ali storitev.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Created</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Created</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Datetime document was originally created.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.DateCreated</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Date Created</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Date associated with an event in the life cycle of the resource (creation/publication date).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.DateModified</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Date Modified</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The last time the document was saved.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Description</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opis</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">An account of the content of the resource.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Dictionary</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Dictionary</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Dictionary.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.EditingDuration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Editing Duration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The total time taken until the last modification.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Generator</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Generator</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The application that generated this document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.HiddenSlideCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Hidden Slide Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of hidden slides in the presentation document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.ImageCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of images in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.InitialCreator</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Initial Creator</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Specifies the name of the person who created the document initially.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Keywords</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Keywords</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Searchable, indexable keywords.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Language</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Language</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The locale language of the intellectual content of the resource.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.LastPrinted</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Last Printed</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The last time this document was printed.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.LastSavedBy</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Last Saved By</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The entity that made the last change to the document, typically a person, organization, or service.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.LineCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Line Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of lines in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.LinksDirty</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Links Dirty</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Links dirty.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.LocaleSystemDefault</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Locale System Default</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Identifier representing the default system locale.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Manager</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Manager</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Name of the manager of <literal>Doc.Creator</literal> entity.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.MMClipCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Multimedia Clip Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of multimedia clips in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.NoteCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Note Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of "notes" in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.ObjectCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Object Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of objects (OLE and other graphics) in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.PageCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Page Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of pages in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.ParagraphCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Paragraph Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of paragraphs in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.PresentationFormat</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Presentation Format</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Type of presentation, like "On-screen Show", "SlideView", etc.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.PrintDate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Print Date</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Specifies the date and time when the document was last printed.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.PrintedBy</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Printed By</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Specifies the name of the last person who printed the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.RevisionCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Revision Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of revision on the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Scale</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Scale</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Scale.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Security</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Varnost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">One of: "Password protected", "Read-only recommended", "Read-only enforced" or "Locked for annotations".</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.SlideCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Slide Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of slides in the presentation document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.SpreadsheetCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Spreadsheet Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of pages in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Subject</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zadeva</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Document subject.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.TableCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Štetje preglednic</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število preglednic v dokumentu.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Template</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Predloga</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The template file that is been used to generate this document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.Title</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Naslov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Title of the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Doc.WordCount</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Word Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of words in the document.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ApertureValue</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Aperture</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The lens aperture. The unit is the APEX value.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Artist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvajalec</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Name of the camera owner, photographer or image creator. The detailed format is not specified, but it is recommended that the information be written for ease of Interoperability. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.BatteryLevel</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Battery Level</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Battery level.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.BitsPerSample</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Bits per Sample</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of bits per image component. Each component of the image is 8 bits, so the value for this tag is 8. In JPEG compressed data a JPEG marker is used instead of this tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.BrightnessValue</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Svetlost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vrednosti osvetlitve so v APEX enotah. Vrednost se vrednost med -99.99 in 99.99.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.CFAPattern</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>CFA vzorec</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The color filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip color area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.CFARepeatPatternDim</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">CFA Repeat Pattern Dim</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">CFA Repeat Pattern Dim.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ColorSpace</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Barvni prostor</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The color space information tag is always recorded as the color space specifier. Normally sRGB is used to define the color space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a color space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ComponentsConfiguration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Components Configuration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Information specific to compressed data. The channels of each component are arranged in order from the 1st component to the 4th. For uncompressed data the data arrangement is given in the <literal>Exif.PhotometricInterpretation</literal> tag. However, since <literal>Exif.PhotometricInterpretation</literal> can only express the order of Y, Cb and Cr, this tag is provided for cases when compressed data uses components other than Y, Cb, and Cr and to enable support of other sequences.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.CompressedBitsPerPixel</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Compressed Bits per Pixel</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Information specific to compressed data. The compression mode used for a compressed image is indicated in unit bits per pixel.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Compression</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Stiskanje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The compression scheme used for the image data. When a primary image is JPEG compressed, this designation is not necessary and is omitted. When thumbnails use JPEG compression, this tag value is set to 6.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Contrast</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kontrast</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The direction of contrast processing applied by the camera when the image was shot.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Copyright</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Avtorske pravice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Copyright information. The tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organization claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". The field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code. When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.CustomRendered</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Custom Rendered</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimize any further processing.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.DateTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Date and Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The date and time of image creation.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.DateTimeDigitized</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Date and Time (digitized)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The date and time when the image was stored as digital data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.DateTimeOriginal</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Date and Time (original)</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The date and time when the original image data was generated. For a digital still camera the date and time the picture was taken are recorded.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.DeviceSettingDescription</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Device Setting Description</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Information on the picture-taking conditions of a particular camera model. The tag is used only to indicate the picture-taking conditions in the reader.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.DigitalZoomRatio</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Digital Zoom Ratio</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The digital zoom ratio when the image was shot. If the numerator of the recorded value is 0, this indicates that digital zoom was not used.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.DocumentName</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Document Name</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Document name.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ExifIfdPointer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif IFD Pointer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A pointer to the Exif IFD. Interoperability, Exif IFD has the same structure as that of the IFD specified in TIFF.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ExifVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Exif različica</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The version of Exif standard supported. Nonexistence of this field is taken to mean nonconformance to the standard.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ExposureBiasValue</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exposure Bias</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The exposure bias. The units is the APEX value. Ordinarily it is given in the range of -99.99 to 99.99.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ExposureIndex</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exposure Index</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The exposure index selected on the camera or input device at the time the image is captured.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ExposureMode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exposure Mode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The exposure mode set when the image was shot. In auto-bracketing mode, the camera shoots a series of frames of the same scene at different exposure settings.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ExposureProgram</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Program osvetljevanja</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The class of the program used by the camera to set exposure when the picture is taken.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ExposureTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Čas osvetlitve</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Čas osvetlitve določen v sekundah.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FileSource</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">File Source</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates the image source. If a DSC recorded the image, this tag value of this tag always be set to 3, indicating that the image was recorded on a DSC.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FillOrder</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vrstni red polnjenja</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vrstni red polnjenja.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Flash</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Flash</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">This tag is recorded when an image is taken using a strobe light (flash).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FlashEnergy</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Flash Energy</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The strobe energy at the time the image is captured, as measured in Beam Candle Power Seconds (BCPS).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FlashPixVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">FlashPix Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The FlashPix format version supported by a FPXR file.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FNumber</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">F Number</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Diameter of the aperture relative to the effective focal length of the lens.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FocalLength</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Focal Length</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The actual focal length of the lens, in mm. Conversion is not made to the focal length of a 35 mm film camera.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Focal Length In 35mm Film</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The equivalent focal length assuming a 35mm film camera, in mm. A value of 0 means the focal length is unknown. Note that this tag differs from the <literal>Exif.FocalLength</literal> tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FocalPlaneResolutionUnit</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Focal Plane Resolution Unit</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The unit for measuring <literal>Exif.FocalPlaneXResolution</literal> and <literal>Exif.FocalPlaneYResolution</literal>. This value is the same as the <literal>Exif.ResolutionUnit</literal>.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FocalPlaneXResolution</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Focal Plane x-Resolution</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of pixels in the image width (X) direction per <literal>Exif.FocalPlaneResolutionUnit</literal> on the camera focal plane.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.FocalPlaneYResolution</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Focal Plane y-Resolution</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of pixels in the image height (Y) direction per <literal>Exif.FocalPlaneResolutionUnit</literal> on the camera focal plane.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.GainControl</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Gain Control</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">This tag indicates the degree of overall image gain adjustment.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Gamma</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Gama</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Določa vrednost koeficienta gama.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.GPS.Altitude</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nadmorska višina</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates the altitude based on the reference in <literal>Exif.GPS.AltitudeRef</literal>. The reference unit is meters.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.GPS.AltitudeRef</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vrednost nadmorske višine</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the <literal>Exif.GPS.Altitude</literal> tag. The reference unit is meters.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.GPS.InfoIFDPointer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>GPS Info IFDPointer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A pointer to the GPS Info IFD. The Interoperability structure of the GPS Info IFD, like that of Exif IFD, has no image data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.GPS.Latitude</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zemljepisna širina</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates the latitude. The latitude is expressed as three RATIONAL values giving the degrees, minutes, and seconds, respectively. When degrees, minutes and seconds are expressed, the format is dd/1,mm/1,ss/1. When degrees and minutes are used and, for example, fractions of minutes are given up to two decimal places, the format is dd/1,mmmm/100,0/1.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.GPS.LatitudeRef</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">North or South Latitude</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates whether the latitude is north or south latitude. The ASCII value 'N' indicates north latitude, and 'S' is south latitude.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.GPS.Longitude</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zemljepisna dolžina</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates the longitude. The longitude is expressed as three RATIONAL values giving the degrees, minutes, and seconds, respectively. When degrees, minutes and seconds are expressed, the format is ddd/1,mm/1,ss/1. When degrees and minutes are used and, for example, fractions of minutes are given up to two decimal places, the format is ddd/1,mmmm/100,0/1.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.GPS.LongitudeRef</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">East or West Longitude</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates whether the longitude is east or west longitude. ASCII 'E' indicates east longitude, and 'W' is west longitude.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.GPS.VersionID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">GPS Tag Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates the version of <literal>Exif.GPS.InfoIFD</literal>. This tag is mandatory when <literal>Exif.GPS.Info</literal> tag is present.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ImageDescription</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image Description</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A character string giving the title of the image. Two-bytes character codes cannot be used. When a 2-bytes code is necessary, the Exif private tag <literal>Exif.UserComment</literal> is to be used.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ImageLength</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image Length</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of rows of image data. In JPEG compressed data a JPEG marker is used instead of this tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ImageResources</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image Resources Block</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image Resources Block.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ImageUniqueID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image Unique ID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">This tag indicates an identifier assigned uniquely to each image. It is recorded as an ASCII string equivalent to hexadecimal notation and 128-bit fixed length.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ImageWidth</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image Width</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of columns of image data, equal to the number of pixels per row. In JPEG compressed data a JPEG marker is used instead of this tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.InterColorProfile</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Inter Color Profile</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Inter Color Profile.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.InteroperabilityIFDPointer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Interoperability IFD Pointer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Interoperability IFD is composed of tags which stores the information to ensure the Interoperability and pointed by the following tag located in Exif IFD. The Interoperability structure of Interoperability IFD is the same as TIFF defined IFD structure but does not contain the image data characteristically compared with normal TIFF IFD.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.InteroperabilityIndex</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Interoperability Index</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates the identification of the Interoperability rule. Use "R98" for stating ExifR98 Rules.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.InteroperabilityVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Interoperability Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Interoperability version.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ISOSpeedRatings</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">ISO Speed Ratings</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The ISO Speed and ISO Latitude of the camera or input device as specified in ISO 12232.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.JPEGInterchangeFormat</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">JPEG Interchange Format</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The offset to the start byte (SOI) of JPEG compressed thumbnail data. This is not used for primary image JPEG data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.JPEGInterchangeFormatLength</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">JPEG Interchange Format Length</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of bytes of JPEG compressed thumbnail data. This is not used for primary image JPEG data. JPEG thumbnails are not divided but are recorded as a continuous JPEG bitstream from SOI to EOI. Appn and COM markers should not be recorded. Compressed thumbnails must be recorded in no more than 64 Kbytes, including all other data to be recorded in APP1.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.JPEGProc</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">JPEG Procedure</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">JPEG procedure.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.LightSource</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Light Source</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The kind of light source.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Make</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Manufacturer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The manufacturer of the recording equipment. This is the manufacturer of the DSC, scanner, video digitizer or other equipment that generated the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.MakerNote</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Maker Note</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A tag for manufacturers of Exif writers to record any desired information. The contents are up to the manufacturer.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.MaxApertureValue</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Max Aperture Value</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The smallest F number of the lens. The unit is the APEX value. Ordinarily it is given in the range of 00.00 to 99.99, but it is not limited to this range.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.MeteringMode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Metering Mode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The metering mode.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Model</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Model</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The model name or model number of the equipment. This is the model name or number of the DSC, scanner, video digitizer or other equipment that generated the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.CFAPattern</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>CFA vzorec</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The color filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip color area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.NewSubfileType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">New Subfile Type</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A general indication of the kind of data contained in this subfile.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.OECF</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">OECF</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The Opto-Electronic Conversion Function (OECF) specified in ISO 14524. <literal>Exif.OECF</literal> is the relationship between the camera optical input and the image values.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Orientation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Orientation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The image orientation viewed in terms of rows and columns.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.PhotometricInterpretation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Photometric Interpretation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The pixel composition. In JPEG compressed data a JPEG marker is used instead of this tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.PixelXDimension</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Pixel X Dimension</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Information specific to compressed data. When a compressed file is recorded, the valid width of the meaningful image must be recorded in this tag, whether or not there is padding data or a restart marker. This tag should not exist in an uncompressed file.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.PixelYDimension</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Pixel Y Dimension</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Information specific to compressed data. When a compressed file is recorded, the valid height of the meaningful image must be recorded in this tag, whether or not there is padding data or a restart marker. This tag should not exist in an uncompressed file. Since data padding is unnecessary in the vertical direction, the number of lines recorded in this valid image height tag will in fact be the same as that recorded in the SOF.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.PlanarConfiguration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Planar Configuration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Indicates whether pixel components are recorded in a chunky or planar format. In JPEG compressed files a JPEG marker is used instead of this tag. If this field does not exist, the TIFF default of 1 (chunky) is assumed.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.PrimaryChromaticities</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Primary Chromaticities</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The chromaticity of the three primary colors of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colorspace is specified in <literal>Exif.ColorSpace</literal> tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ReferenceBlackWhite</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Reference Black/White</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The reference black point value and reference white point value. No defaults are given in TIFF, but the values below are given as defaults here. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability these conditions.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.RelatedImageFileFormat</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Related Image File Format</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Related image file format.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.RelatedImageLength</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Related Image Length</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Related image length.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.RelatedImageWidth</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Related Image Width</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Related image width.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.RelatedSoundFile</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Related Sound File</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">This tag is used to record the name of an audio file related to the image data. The only relational information recorded here is the Exif audio file name and extension (an ASCII string consisting of 8 characters + '.' + 3 characters). The path is not recorded. When using this tag, audio files must be recorded in conformance to the Exif audio format. Writers are also allowed to store the data such as Audio within APP2 as FlashPix extension stream data. Audio files must be recorded in conformance to the Exif audio format. If multiple files are mapped to one file, the above format is used to record just one audio file name. If there are multiple audio files, the first recorded file is given. When there are three Exif audio files "SND00001.WAV", "SND00002.WAV" and "SND00003.WAV", the Exif image file name for each of them, "DSC00001.JPG", is indicated. By combining multiple relational information, a variety of playback possibilities can be supported. The method of using relational information is left to the implementation on the playback side. Since this information is an ASCII character string, it is terminated by NULL. When this tag is used to map audio files, the relation of the audio file to image data must also be indicated on the audio file end.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.ResolutionUnit</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Resolution Unit</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The unit for measuring <literal>Exif.XResolution</literal> and <literal>Exif.YResolution</literal>. The same unit is used for both <literal>Exif.XResolution</literal> and <literal>Exif.YResolution</literal>. If the image resolution is unknown, 2 (inches) is designated.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.RowsPerStrip</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Rows per Strip</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of rows per strip. This is the number of rows in the image of one strip when an image is divided into strips. With JPEG compressed data this designation is not needed and is omitted.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SamplesPerPixel</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Samples per Pixel</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of components per pixel. Since this standard applies to RGB and YCbCr images, the value set for this tag is 3. In JPEG compressed data a JPEG marker is used instead of this tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Saturation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nasičenost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The direction of saturation processing applied by the camera when the image was shot.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SceneCaptureType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Scene Capture Type</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The type of scene that was shot. It can also be used to record the mode in which the image was shot. Note that this differs from <literal>Exif.SceneType</literal> tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.SceneType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Scene Type</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The type of scene. If a DSC recorded the image, this tag value must always be set to 1, indicating that the image was directly photographed.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SensingMethod</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Sensing Method</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The image sensor type on the camera or input device.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Sharpness</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Sharpness</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The direction of sharpness processing applied by the camera when the image was shot.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.ShutterSpeedValue</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Shutter Speed</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Shutter speed. The unit is the APEX (Additive System of Photographic Exposure) setting.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.Software</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Software</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">This tag records the name and version of the software or firmware of the camera or image input device used to generate the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SpatialFrequencyResponse</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Spatial Frequency Response</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">This tag records the camera or input device spatial frequency table and SFR values in the direction of image width, image height, and diagonal direction, as specified in ISO 12233.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SpectralSensitivity</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Spectral Sensitivity</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The spectral sensitivity of each channel of the camera used.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.StripByteCounts</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Strip Byte Count</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The total number of bytes in each strip. With JPEG compressed data this designation is not needed and is omitted.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.StripOffsets</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Strip Offsets</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">For each strip, the byte offset of that strip. It is recommended that this be selected so the number of strip bytes does not exceed 64 Kbytes. With JPEG compressed data this designation is not needed and is omitted.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SubIFDs</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Sub IFD Offsets</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Defined by Adobe Corporation to enable TIFF Trees within a TIFF file.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SubjectArea</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subject Area</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The location and area of the main subject in the overall scene.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.SubjectDistance</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subject Distance</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The distance to the subject, given in meters.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SubjectDistanceRange</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subject Distance Range</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The distance to the subject.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SubjectLocation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Mesto predmeta</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the center of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <literal>Exif.Rotation</literal> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and second indicates the Y row number.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SubsecTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subsec Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Fractions of seconds for the <literal>Exif.DateTime</literal> tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SubSecTimeDigitized</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subsec Time Digitized</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Fractions of seconds for the <literal>Exif.DateTimeDigitized</literal> tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.SubSecTimeOriginal</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subsec Time Original</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Fractions of seconds for the <literal>Exif.DateTimeOriginal</literal> tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exif.TIFF_EPStandardID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>TIFF/EP Standardni ID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>TIFF/EP Standardni ID.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.TransferFunction</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Transfer Function</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in <literal>Exif.ColorSpace</literal> tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.TransferRange</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Območje prenosa</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Območje prenosa.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.UserComment</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opomba uporabnika</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A tag for Exif users to write keywords or comments on the image besides those in <literal>Exif.ImageDescription</literal>, and without the character code limitations of the <literal>Exif.ImageDescription</literal> tag. The character code used in the <literal>Exif.UserComment</literal> tag is identified based on an ID code in a fixed 8-byte area at the start of the tag data area. The unused portion of the area is padded with NULL ("00.h"). ID codes are assigned by means of registration. The value of CountN is determinated based on the 8 bytes in the character code area and the number of bytes in the user comment part. Since the TYPE is not ASCII, NULL termination is not necessary. The ID code for the <literal>Exif.UserComment</literal> area may be a Defined code such as JIS or ASCII, or may be Undefined. The Undefined name is UndefinedText, and the ID code is filled with 8 bytes of all "NULL" ("00.H"). An Exif reader that reads the <literal>Exif.UserComment</literal> tag must have a function for determining the ID code. This function is not required in Exif readers that do not use the <literal>Exif.UserComment</literal> tag. When a <literal>Exif.UserComment</literal> area is set aside, it is recommended that the ID code be ASCII and that the following user comment part be filled with blank characters [20.H].</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.WhiteBalance</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Uravnoteženje beline</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Način beline določen med zajemanjem slike.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.WhitePoint</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Bela točka</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The chromaticity of the white point of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in <literal>Exif.ColorSpace</literal> tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.XMLPacket</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Paket XML</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Metapodatki XMP.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.XResolution</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>X ločljivost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of pixels per <literal>Exif.ResolutionUnit</literal> in the <literal>Exif.ImageWidth</literal> direction. When the image resolution is unknown, 72 [dpi] is designated.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.YCbCrCoefficients</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Koeficient YCbCr</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Matrični koeficienti pretvarjanja RGB v YCbCr barvni sistem slike. Privzeta vrednost v TIFF ni določena; je pa privzeta vrednost določena v polju "Vodila barvnega prostora". Barvni prostor je določan v ločeni oznaki, privzeta vrednost pa je tista, ki najbolje podpira pogoje vzajemnega delovanja.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.YCbCrPositioning</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>YCbCr prilagajanje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The position of chrominance components in relation to the luminance component. This field is designated only for JPEG compressed data or uncompressed YCbCr data. The TIFF default is 1 (centered); but when Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:2 it is recommended that 2 (co-sited) be used to record data, in order to improve the image quality when viewed on TV systems. When this field does not exist, the reader shall assume the TIFF default. In the case of Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:0, the TIFF default (centered) is recommended. If the reader does not have the capability of supporting both kinds of <literal>Exif.YCbCrPositioning</literal>, it shall follow the TIFF default regardless of the value in this field. It is preferable that readers be able to support both centered and co-sited positioning.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.YCbCrSubSampling</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>YCbCr vzorčenje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The sampling ratio of chrominance components in relation to the luminance component. In JPEG compressed data a JPEG marker is used instead of this tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Exif.YResolution</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">y Resolution</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of pixels per <literal>Exif.ResolutionUnit</literal> in the <literal>Exif.ImageLength</literal> direction. The same value as <literal>Exif.XResolution</literal> is designated.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Accessed</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Dostopano</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Last access datetime.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Content</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vsebina</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vsebina datoteke filtrirana kot običajno besedilo.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Description</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opis</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Editable free text/notes.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Format</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zapis</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">MIME type of the file or if a directory it should contain value "Folder".</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Keywords</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Keywords</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Editable array of keywords.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Link</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Povezava</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">URI of link target.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Modified</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Spremenjeno</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Last modified datetime.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Name</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">File name excluding path but including the file extension.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Path</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Path</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Full file path of file excluding the file name.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Permissions</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Permissions</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Niz dovoljenj zapisan v unix obliki (primer: "-rw-r--r--").</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Publisher</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Publisher</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Editable DC type for the name of the publisher of the file (EG dc:publisher field in RSS feed).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Rank</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Rank</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Editable file rank for grading favorites. Value should be in the range 1..10.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>File.Size</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Velikost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Size of the file in bytes or if a directory number of items it contains.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.AlbumSortOrder</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Album Sort Order</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">String which should be used instead of the album name for sorting purposes.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.AudioCrypto</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Šifriranje zvoka</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Frame indicates if the audio stream is encrypted, and by whom.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.AudioSeekPoint</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Audio Seek Point</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Fractional offset within the audio data, providing a starting point from which to find an appropriate point to start decoding.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Band</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Band</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Additional information about the performers in the recording.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.BPM</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>BPM</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>BPM (udarci na minuto).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.BufferSize</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Velikost predpomnilnika</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Priporočljiva velikost medpomnilnika.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.CDID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>ID CDja</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Določilo glasbenega CDja</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Commercial</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Reklama</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Reklamni okvir</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Composer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Skladatelj</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Skladatelj.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">ID3.Conductor</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Dirigent</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Dirigent.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.ContentGroup</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Content Group</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Content group description.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.ContentType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vrsta vsebine</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zvrst glasbe kot jo določa ID3 določilo sledi.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Copyright</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Avtorske pravice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Sporočilo avtorskih pravic.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.CryptoReg</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Encryption Registration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Encryption method registration.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Date</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Datum</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Datum.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Emphasis</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Poudarki</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Poudarek.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.EncodedBy</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kodiral</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Oseba ali organizacija, ki je kodirala zvočno datoteko. V polju je lahko sporočilo avtorskih pravic v primeru, da je zvočni zapis avtorsko zaščiten.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.EncoderSettings</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitve kodirnika</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Programska oprema.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.EncodingTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Čas kodiranja</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Čas kodiranja.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Equalization</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Uravnavanje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Uravnavanje.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Equalization2</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Uravnavanje 2</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Krivulja uravnavanja zvoka, zapisana v zvočni datoteki.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.EventTiming</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Časovno usklajevanje dogodkov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kode časovnega usklajevanja</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.FileOwner</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Lastnik datoteke</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Lastnik datoteke.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.FileType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vrsta datoteke</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vrsta datoteke.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Frames</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Sličice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število sličic.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.GeneralObject</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Splošni predmet</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">General encapsulated object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.GroupingReg</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Grouping Registration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Group identification registration.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.InitialKey</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Initial Key</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Initial key.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.InvolvedPeople</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Involved People</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Involved people list.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.InvolvedPeople2</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">InvolvedPeople2</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Involved people list.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Language</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Language</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Jezik.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.LinkedInfo</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Linked Info</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Linked information.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Lyricist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Pisec besedila</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Pisec besedila.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.MediaType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Media Type</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Media type.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.MixArtist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Mešani izvajalci</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Tolmačen, predelan ali kakorkoli spremenjen.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">ID3.Mood</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Razpoloženje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Razpoloženje.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.MPEG.Lookup</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">MPEG Lookup</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">MPEG location lookup table.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.MusicianCreditList</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Musician Credit List</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Musician credits list.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.NetRadioOwner</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Net Radio Owner</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Internet radio station owner.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.NetRadiostation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Net Radiostation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Internet radio station name.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.OriginalAlbum</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni album</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni album.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.OriginalArtist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni izvajalec</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni izvajalec.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.OriginalFileName</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirno ime datoteke</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirno ime datoteke.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.OriginalLyricist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni pisec besedila</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni pisec besedila.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.OriginalReleaseTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni čas izida</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirni čas izida.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.OriginalYear</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirno leto</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvirno leto objave.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Ownership</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Lastništvo</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Okvir lastništva.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.PartInSet</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Part of a Set</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Part of a set the audio came from.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.PerformerSortOrder</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Performer Sort Order</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Performer sort order.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Picture</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Slika</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Prložena slika.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.PlayCounter</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Štetje predvajanja</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Number of times a file has been played.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.PlaylistDelay</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Playlist Delay</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Playlist delay.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Popularimeter</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Popularimeter</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Rating of the audio file.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.PositionSync</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Position Sync</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Position synchronisation frame.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Private</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zasebno</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zasebni okvir.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.ProducedNotice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Produced Notice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Produced notice.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Publisher</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Publisher</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Založnik.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.RecordingDates</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Recording Dates</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Recording dates.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.RecordingTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Recording Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Recording time.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.ReleaseTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Release Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Release time.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Reverb</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Reverb</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Reverb.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.SetSubtitle</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Set Subtitle</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subtitle of the part of a set this track belongs to.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Signature</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Podpis</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Okvir podpisa.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Size</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Velikost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Size of the audio file in bytes, excluding the ID3 tag.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.SongLength</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Song length</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Dolžina skladbe v milisekundah.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Subtitle</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Podnapisi</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Podnapisi.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Syncedlyrics</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Usklajeno besedilo skladbe</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Synchronized lyric.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.SyncedTempo</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Synchronized Tempo</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Synchronized tempo codes.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.TaggingTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Tagging Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Tagging time.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.TermsOfUse</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Terms of Use</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Terms of use.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Čas.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.TitleSortOrder</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Title Sort Order</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Title sort order.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.UniqueFileID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Unique File ID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Unique file identifier.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.UnsyncedLyrics</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Unsynchronized Lyrics</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Unsynchronized lyric.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.UserText</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Uporabniško besedilo</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">User defined text information.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.VolumeAdj</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Volume Adjustment</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Relative volume adjustment.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.VolumeAdj2</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Volume Adjustment 2</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Relative volume adjustment.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWArtist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW Artist</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Official artist.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWAudioFile</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW Audio File</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Official audio file webpage.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWAudioSource</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW Audio Source</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Official audio source webpage.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWCommercialInfo</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW Commercial Info</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">URL pointing at a webpage containing commercial information.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWCopyright</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW Copyright</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">URL pointing at a webpage that holds copyright.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWPayment</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW Payment</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">URL pointing at a webpage that will handle the process of paying for this file.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWPublisher</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW Publisher</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">URL pointing at the official webpage for the publisher.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWRadioPage</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW Radio Page</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Official internet radio station homepage.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>ID3.WWWUser</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">WWW User</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">User defined URL link.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Album</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Album</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Name of an album the image belongs to.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Comments</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opombe</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Uporabniško določeno prosto besedilo.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Copyright</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Avtorske pravice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Embedded copyright message.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Creator</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Creator</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ime avtorja.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Date</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Datum</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Datetime image was originally created.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image.Description</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opis</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Description of the image.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.ExposureProgram</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Program osvetljevanja</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The program used by the camera to set exposure when the picture is taken. EG Manual, Normal, Aperture priority etc.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.ExposureTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Čas osvetlitve</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Exposure time used to capture the photo in seconds.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Flash</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Flash</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Set to "1" if flash was fired.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image.Fnumber</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">F Number</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Diameter of the aperture relative to the effective focal length of the lens.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image.FocalLength</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Focal Length</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Focal length of lens in mm.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Height</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Height</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Height in pixels.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image.ISOSpeed</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">ISO Speed</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">ISO speed used to acquire the document contents. For example, 100, 200, 400, etc.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image.Keywords</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Keywords</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">String of keywords.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Make</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvedba</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izvedba aparata s katerim je bila zajeta slika.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.MeteringMode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Metering Mode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Metering mode used to acquire the image (IE Unknown, Average, CenterWeightedAverage, Spot, MultiSpot, Pattern, Partial).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Model</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Model</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Model of camera used to take the image.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Orientation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Orientation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Represents the orientation of the image wrt camera (IE "top,left" or "bottom,right").</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.Software</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Software</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Software used to produce/enhance the image.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>naslov.slike</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Naslov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Naslov slike.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Image.WhiteBalance</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Uravnoteženje beline</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev beline aparata med zajemanjem slike (samodejno ali ročno).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>širina.slike</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Širina</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Širina v točkah.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">IPTC.ActionAdvised</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Action Advised</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The type of action that this object provides to a previous object. '01' Object Kill, '02' Object Replace, '03' Object Append, '04' Object Reference.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ARMID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">ARM Identifier</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Identifies the Abstract Relationship Method (ARM).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">IPTC.ARMVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Različica ARM</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Določa različico abstraktnega načina povezovanja (Abstract relationship method version).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">IPTC.AudioDuration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Audio Duration</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The running time of the audio data in the form HHMMSS.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.AudioOutcue</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Audio Outcue</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The content at the end of the audio data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.AudioSamplingRate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Audio Sampling Rate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The sampling rate in Hz of the audio data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.AudioSamplingRes</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Audio Sampling Resolution</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of bits in each audio sample.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.AudioType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zvočna vrsta</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število kanalov in vrsta zvočne datoteke (glasba, besedilo, ...) v predmetu.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Byline</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">By-line</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Name of the creator of the object, e.g. writer, photographer or graphic artist (multiple values allowed).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.BylineTitle</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">By-line Title</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Title of the creator or creators of the object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Caption</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Caption, Abstract</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A textual description of the data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Category</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kategorija</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Identifies the subject of the object in the opinion of the provider (Deprecated).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.CharacterSet</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Coded Character Set</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Control functions used for the announcement, invocation or designation of coded character sets.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.City</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Mesto</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Mesto izvora predmeta.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ConfirmedDataSize</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Potrjena velikost podatkov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Skupna velikost podatkov predmeta.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Contact</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Stik</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Oseba ali organizacija, ki lahko ponudi več podrobnosti o predmetu (dovoljenih več vnosov).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ContentLocCode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Content Location Code</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The code of a country/geographical location referenced by the content of the object (multiple values allowed).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ContentLocName</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Content Location Name</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A full, publishable name of a country/geographical location referenced by the content of the object (multiple values allowed).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.CopyrightNotice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Copyright Notice</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Any necessary copyright notice.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.CountryCode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Koda države</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Koda države ali kraja, kjer je bil predmet ustvarjen.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">IPTC.CountryName</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Country Name</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The name of the country/primary location where the object was created.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Credit</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Zasluge</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Identifies the provider of the object, not necessarily the owner/creator.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.DateCreated</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Date Created</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The date the intellectual content of the object was created rather than the date of the creation of the physical representation.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.DateSent</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Date Sent</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The day the service sent the material.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Destination</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Cilj</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Podrobnosti usmerjevalne preglednice.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.DigitalCreationDate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Digital Creation Date</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The date the digital representation of the object was created.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.DigitalCreationTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Digital Creation Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The time the digital representation of the object was created.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.EditorialUpdate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Editorial Update</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The type of update this object provides to a previous object. The link to the previous object is made using the ARM. '01' indicates an additional language.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.EditStatus</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Edit Status</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Status of the object, according to the practice of the provider.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.EnvelopeNum</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Envelope Number</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A number unique for the date and the service ID.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.EnvelopePriority</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Envelope Priority</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Specifies the envelope handling priority and not the editorial urgency. '1' for most urgent, '5' for normal, and '8' for least urgent. '9' is user-defined.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ExpirationDate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Expiration Date</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Designates the latest date the provider intends the object to be used.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ExpirationTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Expiration Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Designates the latest time the provider intends the object to be used.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.FileFormat</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">File Format</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">File format of the data described by this metadata.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.FileVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">File Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Version of the file format.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.FixtureID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Fixture Identifier</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Identifies objects that recur often and predictably, enabling users to immediately find or recall such an object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Headline</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Naslovna vrstica</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A publishable entry providing a synopsis of the contents of the object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ImageOrientation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Image Orientation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The layout of the image area: 'P' for portrait, 'L' for landscape, and 'S' for square.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ImageType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vrsta slike</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The data format of the image object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Keywords</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Keywords</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Used to indicate specific information retrieval words (multiple values allowed).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.LanguageID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Določilo jezika</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Določilo jezika predmeta v obliki dvo-črkovne kode  ISO 639 standarda: 1988.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.MaxObjectSize</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Največja velikost predmeta</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Največja možna velikost predmeta v primeru, da ta ni znana.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.MaxSubfileSize</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Največja velikost prikazne datoteke</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Največja dovoljena velikost podatkov posamezne prikazne datoteke, ki vsebujejo del podatkov predmeta.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ModelVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Model Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Version of IIM part 1.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ObjectAttribute</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Object Attribute Reference</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Defines the nature of the object independent of the subject (multiple values allowed).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ObjectCycle</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Object Cycle</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Where 'a' is morning, 'p' is evening, 'b' is both.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ObjectName</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Object Name</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A shorthand reference for the object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ObjectSizeAnnounced</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Object Size Announced</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The total size of the object data if it is known.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ObjectType</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Object Type Reference</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Distinguishes between different types of objects within the IIM.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.OriginatingProgram</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Originating Program</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The type of program used to originate the object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.OrigTransRef</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Original Transmission Reference</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A code representing the location of original transmission.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.PreviewData</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Preview Data</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The object preview data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.PreviewFileFormat</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Preview File Format</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Binary value indicating the file format of the object preview data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.PreviewFileFormatVer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Preview File Format Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The version of the preview file format.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ProductID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Product ID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Allows a provider to identify subsets of its overall service.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ProgramVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Program Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The version of the originating program.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Province</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Province, State</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The Province/State where the object originates.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.RasterizedCaption</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Rasterized Caption</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Contains rasterized object description and is used where characters that have not been coded are required for the caption.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.RecordVersion</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Record Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Identifies the version of the IIM, Part 2.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.RefDate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Reference Date</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The date of a prior envelope to which the current object refers.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.RefNumber</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Reference Number</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The Envelope Number of a prior envelope to which the current object refers.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.RefService</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Reference Service</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The Service Identifier of a prior envelope to which the current object refers.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ReleaseDate</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Datum objave</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Designates the earliest date the provider intends the object to be used.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ReleaseTime</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Release Time</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Designates the earliest time the provider intends the object to be used.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.ServiceID</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Service Identifier</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Identifies the provider and product.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.SizeMode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Size Mode</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Set to 0 if the size of the object is known and 1 if not known.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Source</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Source</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The original owner of the intellectual content of the object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">IPTC.SpecialInstructions</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Special Instructions</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Other editorial instructions concerning the use of the object.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.State</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Province, State</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The Province/State where the object originates.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Subfile</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subfile</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The object data itself. Subfiles must be sequential so that the subfiles may be reassembled.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.SubjectRef</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Subject Reference</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A structured definition of the subject matter. It must contain an IPR, an 8 digit Subject Reference Number and an optional Subject Name, Subject Matter Name, and Subject Detail Name each separated by a colon (:).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Sublocation</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Sub-location</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The location within a city from which the object originates.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.SupplCategory</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Supplemental Category</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Further refines the subject of the object (Deprecated).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.TimeCreated</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Time Created</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The time the intellectual content of the object was created rather than the date of the creation of the physical representation (multiple values allowed).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.TimeSent</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Time Sent</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The time the service sent the material.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.UNO</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Unique Name of Object</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">An eternal, globally unique identification for the object, independent of provider and for any media form.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.Urgency</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nujnost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Specifies the editorial urgency of content and not necessarily the envelope handling priority. '1' is most urgent, '5' normal, and '8' least urgent.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>IPTC.WriterEditor</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Writer/Editor</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The name of the person involved in the writing, editing or correcting the object or caption/abstract (multiple values allowed).</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.PageSize</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Velikost strani</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Oblika velikosti strani</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.PageWidth</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Širina strani</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Širina strani v milimetrih.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.PageHeight</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Višina strani</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Višina strani v milimetrih.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Različica PDF</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Različica PDF dokumenta.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.Producer</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Producent</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Program s katerim je bil dokument pretvorjen v PDF zapis.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.EmbeddedFiles</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Vgrajene datoteke</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Število vgrajenih datotek v dokumentu.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.Optimized</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Hitri spletni pogled</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči omrežni dostop.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.Printing</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Tiskanje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči tiskanje.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.HiResPrinting</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Tiskanje v visoki ločljivosti</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči tiskanje v visoki ločljivosti.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.Copying</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Kopiranje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči kopiranje vsebine.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.Modifying</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Spreminjanje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči spreminjanje vsebine.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.DocAssembly</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Sestavljanje dokumentov</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči vstavljanje, obračanje in brisanje strani ter ustvarjanje predmetov.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.Commenting</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opombe</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči dodajanje in spreminjanje besedilnih opomb.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.FormFilling</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Izpolnjevanje obrazcev</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči izpolnjevanje polj obrazcev.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>PDF.AccessibilitySupport</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Podpora dostopnosti</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nastavitev na vrednost "1" omogoči podporo dostopnosti (bralnik zaslona, zaslonska tipkovnica)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Contact</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Stik</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Contact information for the creators or distributors of the track.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Description</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Opis</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A textual description of the data.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.License</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Dovoljenje</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Podrobnosti dovoljenja.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Location</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Mesto</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Mesto snemanja posnetka.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Contact</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Največja bitna hitrost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Največja bitna hitrost v kbps.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Contact</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Najmanjša bitna hitrost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Najmanjša bitna hitrost v kbps.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Contact</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nazivna bitna hitrost</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Nazivna bitna hitrost v kbps.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Organization</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Organizacija</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Organization producing the track.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Vendor</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Ponudnik</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>ID Vorbis ponudnika</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>Vorbis.Version</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Različica Vorbis</para></entry>
                        <entry><para>Različica Vorbis.</para></entry>
                    </row>
                </tbody>
            </tgroup>
        </informaltable>

        <tip>
            <para lang="en">Non-existent metatags are expanded to empty strings.</para>
        </tip>
        </sect3>

        <sect3 id="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-ranges">
        <title lang="en">Ranges</title>
        <para lang="en">Ranges are a method of accessing a part of a string. The concept of ranges is based on python slices.</para>

        <para lang="en">A range (start_index:end_index) starts at the start_index and finishes one character before the end_index.</para>

        <para lang="en">
        <guilabel>Range syntax</guilabel>
        <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>(start_index:end_index)</guilabel></para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>(start_index)</guilabel> ≡ (start_index:)</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>(start_index,length)</guilabel> ≡ (start_index:start_index+length)</para>
            </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        </para>

        <para lang="en">
        If one of the indices is dropped, it is assumed that you want everything in that direction.
        I.e. (:3) means "every character from the beginning of the string up to character 3, non-inclusive."
        (3:) would, on the other hand, mean "every character from the string, starting at character 3 (inclusive) up to,
        and including, the last one." If index is negative, it is relative to the end of the string.
        Index -3 stands for "the third character from the end of the string".
        </para>

        <tip>
            <para lang="en">Position of the first letter is '0'.</para>
        </tip>
        </sect3>

        <sect3 id="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-g-date-time-format">
        <title lang="en">g_date_time_format() format controls</title>
        <para lang="en">
          The date format is defined by GIO's g_date_time_format() function. Below you will find a
          number of format qualifiers of this function. For more information please read the
          <ulink url="https://docs.gtk.org/glib/method.DateTime.format.html">online documentation</ulink>,
          which might provide even more qualifiers.
        </para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
            <tgroup cols="2">
                <colspec colname="col1"/>
                <colspec colname="col2"/>
                <thead>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry colname="col1" colsep="0" valign="top"><para>Vsebnik</para></entry>
                        <entry colname="col2" valign="top"><para>Zamenjava</para></entry>
                    </row>
                </thead>
                <tbody>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%a</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The abbreviated weekday name according to the current locale</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%A</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The abbreviated month name according to the current locale</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%b</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The abbreviated month name according to the current locale</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%B</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The full month name according to the current locale</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%c</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The preferred date and time representation for the current locale</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%C</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The century number (year/100) as a 2-digit integer</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%d</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The day of the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 31)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%e</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Like %d, the day of the month as a decimal number, but a leading zero is replaced by a space</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%F</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Equivalent to %Y-%m-%d (the ISO 8601 date format)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%G</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The ISO 8601 year with century as a decimal number. The 4-digit year corresponding to the ISO week number
                                     (see %V). This has the same format and value as %y, except that if the ISO week number belongs
                                     to the previous or next year, that year is used instead</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%g</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Like %G, but without century, i.e., with a 2-digit year (00-99)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%h</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Equivalent to %b</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%H</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The hour as a decimal number using a 24-hour clock (range 00 to 23)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%I</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The hour as a decimal number using a 12-hour clock (range 01 to 12)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%j</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The day of the year as a decimal number (range 001 to 366)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%k</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The hour (24-hour  clock) as a decimal number (range 0 to 23); single digits are preceded by a blank
                                    (see also %H)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%l</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The hour (12-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 1 to 12); single digits are preceded  by  a  blank
                                    (see also %I)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%m</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The month as a decimal number (range 01 to 12)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%M</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The minute as a decimal number (range 00 to 59)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%O</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Modifier: use alternative format, see below</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%p</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Either  "AM"  or "PM" according to the given time value, or the corresponding strings for the current locale.
                                     Noon is treated as "pm" and midnight as "am"</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%P</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Like %p but in lowercase: "am" or "pm" or a corresponding string for the current locale</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%r</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The time in a.m. or p.m. notation.  In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to "%I:%M:%S %p"</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%R</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The time in 24-hour notation (%H:%M).  For a version including the seconds, see %T below</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%s</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The number of seconds since the Epoch, i.e., since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%S</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The second as a decimal number (range 00 to 61)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%T</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The time in 24-hour notation (%H:%M:%S)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%u</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The day of the week as a decimal, range 1 to 7, Monday being 1.  See also %w</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%V</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The  ISO  8601:1988  week number of the current year as a decimal number, range 01 to 53, where week 1 is the
                                     first week that has at least 4 days in the current year, and with Monday as the first day of  the  week.
                                     See also %U and %W</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%w</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The day of the week as a decimal, range 0 to 6, Sunday being 0.  See also %u</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%x</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The preferred date representation for the current locale without the time</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%X</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The preferred time representation for the current locale without the date</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%y</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The year as a decimal number without a century (range 00 to 99)</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%Y</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The year as a decimal number including the century</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%z</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The time-zone as hour offset from GMT.  Required to emit RFC822-conformant dates
                                    (using "%a, %d %b %Y %H:%M:%S %z")</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%Z</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The time zone or name or abbreviation</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%+</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The date and time in date format</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para>%%</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">A literal "%" character</para></entry>
                    </row>
                </tbody>
            </tgroup>
        </informaltable>

        <note>
            <para lang="en">Some conversion specifiers can be modified by preceding them by the O modifier to indicate that an alternative
            format should be used. If the alternative format or specification does not exist for the current locale,
            the behavior will be as if the unmodified conversion specification were used.</para>
        </note>
    </sect3>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Remote Server Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-remote-connections">
      <title lang="en">Remote Connections</title>
      <para lang="en">The Remote Connections dialog gives an overview about the stored connections to remote servers. It is also your starting point for opening a connection to a remote server.</para>
      <para lang="en">Open the dialog by clicking <menuchoice><guimenu>Connections</guimenu><guimenuitem>Remote Server...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the menu bar or by hitting <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
      <para lang="en">It is divided into three parts:
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Connections list,</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Buttons to <guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem> and to move a selected connection <guimenuitem>Up</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Down</guimenuitem>,</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">A <guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem> and a <guimenuitem>Connect</guimenuitem> button.</para></listitem></orderedlist></para>
      <para lang="en">Double click on a connection or select a connection and hit <keycombo><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo> will open the remote connection in the active panel of Gnome Commander.</para>
      <para lang="en"> In the subsection <xref linkend="gnome-commander-config-remote-connections"/> it is shown how to edit a connection by clicking on the <guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem> button.</para>

      <!-- ================ Remote Server Subsection ======================= -->
      <sect3 id="gnome-commander-config-remote-connections">
  <title lang="en">Adding and Configuring Remote Connections</title>
  <para lang="en">Remote connection details can be set up temporarily or permanently, depending on how they are added to Gnome Commander:
  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem><para lang="en">By hitting the shortcut <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo> a
    temporary connection is configured. That's why no connection alias is needed in this case. If you
    restart Gnome Commander, the connection details have to be entered again to connect to the same
    server.</para></listitem>
    <listitem><para lang="en">By adding a remote connection via the <guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem> button in the
    Remote Connections dialog (see above), the connection is stored permanently in this dialog. If you
    restart Gnome Commander the stored connection is available again.</para></listitem>
  </itemizedlist>
  </para>
  <para lang="en">Currently, there are seven different connection types available:
  <orderedlist>
    <listitem><para lang="en">SSH</para></listitem>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Public FTP</para></listitem>
    <listitem><para lang="en">FTP (with login)</para></listitem>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Windows share</para></listitem>
    <listitem><para lang="en">WebDAV (HTTP)</para></listitem>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)</para></listitem>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Custom location</para></listitem>
  </orderedlist></para>
  <para lang="en">Depending on the choice, different login details have to be entered in the
  Remote Server dialog.</para>
  <para lang="en">See an example for a public FTP server in the figure below.</para>
  <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
  <figure id="remote-connections-new">
    <title lang="en">Creating Server Connection</title>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_dialog_remote_server.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Creating a new remote server connection.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </figure>
  <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
      </sect3>
    </sect2>
    <!-- ================ Internal Viewer Subsection ======================= -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-internal-viewer">
      <title lang="en">Using the Internal Viewer</title>
      <para lang="en">The internal viewer allows viewing contents of files in text,
       fixed width, hex or graphical mode.</para>
      <para lang="en">To start viewing files use <keycap>F3</keycap> (default viewer - defined
        in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>) or
          <keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (internal viewer).
      </para>
      <sect3 id="gnome-commander-internal-viewer-modes">
        <title lang="en">View Modes</title>
        <para lang="en">The <guilabel>View Modes</guilabel> group (In the <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu></menuchoice> menu)
  contains the preferences that you can set to view images and texts in the internal viewer window:</para>
  <para>
    <orderedlist>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Text mode</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Fixed Width mode</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Hexadecimal mode</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Image mode</para></listitem>
    </orderedlist>
  </para>
  <para lang="en">For all of the three text modes (mode 1 to 3) you can change the text encoding in
  <menuchoice><guimenu>Text</guimenu><guimenuitem>Encoding</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
  <para lang="en">For the image display mode you can choose if additional meta data should be shown below the image by selecting
  <menuchoice><guimenu>Image</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Metadata Tags</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
  <para lang="en">Below of the <guilabel>View Modes</guilabel> in the <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu></menuchoice> menu you can
  set the zoom factor. You can</para>
  <para>
    <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Zoom in (<keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>),</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Zoom out (<keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>),</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Zoom to normal size (<keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo>), or</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en">Fit the image into the window of the internal viewer.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
  </para>
      </sect3>
      <sect3 id="gnome-commander-internal-viewer-scroll-image">
        <title lang="en">To Scroll an Image</title>
        <para lang="en">To scroll around an image that is larger than the image window or
                  full screen window, you can use the following methods:</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the arrow keys on the keyboard.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Drag the scrollbars on the window borders.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Move the mouse scroll wheel for up/down movement; <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap></keycombo>+mouse wheel for left/right movement</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click at a random position of the image and drag it by pulling your mouse in the opposite direction
      to which you want to scroll. For example, if you want to scroll down the image, drag the image upwards.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </sect3>
      <sect3 id="gnome-commander-internal-viewer-keyboard">
        <title lang="en">Keyboard mappings</title>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2">
        <colspec colname="col1"/>
        <colspec colname="col2"/>
        <thead>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry colname="col1" colsep="0" valign="top"><para>Bližnjica</para></entry>
        <entry colname="col2" valign="top"><para>Preslikavanje</para></entry>
        </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ESC</keycap></keycombo></para><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Closes the internal viewer window</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Toggles line wrapping (applicable only in text display modes)</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Shows metadata tags</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry><para lang="en">Input Modes:</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Sets ASCII input mode. You can also choose a language-specific character encoding
        from the "Text|Encoding" submenu</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Sets ASCII input mode, with codepage 437 encoding</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Sets UTF-8 input mode</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry><para lang="en">Display modes:</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>1</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Sets display mode to text</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>2</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Sets display mode to fixed width. You can choose the line length via the "Settings|Fixed Width Mode" submenu.</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>3</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Sets display mode to hex dump.</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>4</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Tries to load the file as an image. Loading is done using GDK,
        so every GDK-supported format should work.</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry><para>Približanje:</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Zooms in or increment the font size</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Zooms out or decrement the font size</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Sets normal size</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry><para lang="en">Image manipulation:</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Rotates the image 90° (applicable only in IMAGE display mode)</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry><para lang="en">Rotates the image 270° (applicable only in IMAGE display mode)</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry><para lang="en">Image manipulation:</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
        <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></entry>
        <entry>
            <para lang="en">Saves the current window size, input mode, and other settings as the default.</para>
            <note><para lang="en">Starting display mode is determined by the file's content, and is not saved as a user setting.</para></note>
        </entry>
        </row>
        </tbody>
        </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </sect3>
    </sect2>
  </sect1>

<!-- ============= Customization ============================= -->
<!-- Use this section to describe how to customize the application. -->
  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-prefs">
    <title>Nastavitve</title>
    <para lang="en">To configure Gnome Commander, hit <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> or in the menubar choose
        <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
      The <guilabel>Options</guilabel> dialog contains the following tabbed sections:</para>
    <!-- general preferences section -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-prefs-general">
      <title>General</title>
      <para lang="en">The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab is used to configure the Gnome Commander basic
        behavior.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">The settings alter the behavior of the  following features:</para>
      <para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Left mouse button</guilabel> configures the action
            resulting from clicking the left mouse button.</para>
          </listitem>
            <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Middle mouse button</guilabel> configures the action resulting from clicking the middle mouse button.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Right mouse button</guilabel> configures the action
            resulting from clicking the right mouse button.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Deletion</guilabel> configures the usage of the trash can.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Selection</guilabel> makes directories selectable also by keyboard shortcuts.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Sorting/Quick search</guilabel> configures whether sorting and the quick search is
            case sensitive.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Quick search</guilabel> configures the combination of keys used for quick search
            and also the pattern matching system used.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Search window</guilabel> configures search window options.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Multiple instances</guilabel> configures the number of Gnome Commander that can be launched</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Save on exit</guilabel> configures the storage of location when Gnome Commander is closed.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">To modify the general options click on <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
         then click on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab.
       </para>
       <para lang="en">The options available are described in more detail in the
         <xref linkend="gcmd-TBL-setting1"/>.</para>
      <para/>
      <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-TBL-setting1">
        <title lang="en">General option tab</title>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Glava</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Možnost</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Left Mouse button</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Single click to open items</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When selecting this option, a single left mouse button click
                on a file will open it with the default application.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Double click to open items</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When selecting this option, a double click with the left
                mouse button on a file will open it with the default application.
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Single click unselects files</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When selecting this option, a single left mouse button click
                on an unselected file or folder will unselect the current selection. If the option is not active
    a left click on any file will not affect the current selection.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Middle Mouse button</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Up one directory</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When selecting this option a middle click with the mouse on
                any item in Gnome Commander will display the parent directory of the current one.</para>
                <note><para lang="en">The middle click is usually emulated by clicking both left and right buttons simultaneously on two buttons mice.</para></note>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Opens new tab</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When selecting this option, a middle click on a directory in Gnome Commander
                with the mouse will open it in a new tab.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Right Mouse button</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Shows pop up menu</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When selecting this option a right click with the mouse on
                an item in Gnome Commander will open a contextual menu at the location of
                the click.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select files</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When selecting this option, a right click on an item in Gnome Commander
                with the mouse will select it.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Deletion</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Move to trash</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When selecting this option files and folders are by default moved to trash instead of deleting them permanently.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Selection</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select directories</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">This option defines wether directories will be marked when all items in a file panel should be marked.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Sorting</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>Razlikovanje velikosti črk</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When this option is activated Gnome Commander will differentiate the
                sorting order between upper case and lower case, upper case items are
                then listed before lower case ones. Also the quicksearch will
                differentiate between upper case and lower case if this option
                is activated.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Quick search</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Default mode</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">This option determines whether Quick Search should search or filter files when it is opened.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>
                  <guilabel/>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">CTRL+ALT+Letters</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">By selecting this option when you press <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>Letter</keycap></keycombo> Gnome Commander will scroll down the selection cursor in the active
                  panel to the first item using that letter. You can then enter more
                  letters after the first one to refine the search. By then pressing the up or down arrow key
                  the cursor will jump to all files or folders which match your selection.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">ALT+letters (menu access with <keycap>F10</keycap>)</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When you press <keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>Letter</keycap></keycombo> Gnome Commander will scroll down the selection cursor in the active
                   panel to the first item using that letter. You can then enter more
                   letters after the first one to refine the search.</para>
                <note>
                  <para lang="en">By selecting this option you alter the standard GNOME behavior
                  and to access the menus with the keyboard you will need to use the
                  <keycap>F10</keycap> key.</para>
                </note>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Just letters (command line access with <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>)</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">When you press a letter Gnome Commander will scroll down the selection cursor in the active
                   panel to the first item using that letter. You can then enter more
                   letters after the first one to refine the search.</para>
                <note>
                  <para lang="en">By selecting this option you alter the standard GNOME behavior
                  and to access the command line with the keyboard you will need to use the command
                  <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
                </note>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>Search Window</guilabel></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Search window is always on top</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">By activating this option the search window of Gnome Commander will always stay on top of the program window.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>Multiple instances</guilabel></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Don't start a new instance</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">By activating this option Gnome Commander can only have one instance running.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>Save on exit</guilabel></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>Mape</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">By activating this option Gnome Commander saves the current folder location on exit. When restarted, the two active locations are reopened.</para>
                <note>
                  <para lang="en">Regardless of 'Save on exit' option, locations for locked tabs are always saved on exit.</para>
                </note>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel/></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Tabs</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">By activating this option Gnome Commander saves all the opened tabs locations on exit. When restarted, all the tabs are reopened in their previous location.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel/></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Directory history</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">By activating this option Gnome Commander saves the history of opened directories on exit. When restarted, the history of visited directories is accessible again.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel/></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Commandline history</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">By activating this option Gnome Commander saves the history of executed commandline commands on exit. When restarted, the history of commands in the commandline is accessible again.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel/></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Search history</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">By activating this option, Gnome Commander saves the history of search patterns on exit. When restarted, the history of search patterns is accessible again.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </sect2>
    <!-- Format options-->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-prefs-format">
      <title>Zapis</title>
      <para lang="en">The Format tab contains the options on how file information in the associated
        file panel columns are displayed.</para>
      <para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Size display mode</guilabel> - Here the size information
            format is specified.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Permission display mode</guilabel> - Here the permissions
            display format is specified.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Date format</guilabel> - Here the date display format is specified.
            </para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">To modify the Format options click on <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then click on
         the <guilabel>Format</guilabel> tab.</para>
      <para lang="en">The options available are described in more detail below in the
       <xref linkend="gcmd-TBL-setting2"/>.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-TBL-setting2">
        <title lang="en">Format option tab</title>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Glava</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Možnost</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Size display mode</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Powered</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">The powered option displays file sizes using units such as bytes, KiB, MiB</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">&lt;locale&gt;</para>
              </entry>
              <entry lang="en">The locale option uses the current local settings number format
              to display the file size in bytes. </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry>skupinsko</entry>
              <entry lang="en">The grouped entry displays the file size in groups of three
              digits separated by a space. The unit used is the byte.</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry>Običajno</entry>
              <entry lang="en">The plain option displays the file size in bytes without any
              separation.</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Permission display mode</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>črkovno (rw-r--r--)</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">Display the permission in text format. Using r for read, w
                for write, x for executable.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>številčno (644)</para>
              </entry>
              <entry lang="en">Display the permission in octal numerical format.</entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date format</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>Zapis</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">The date format is defined by GIO's g_date_time_format() function.
                For more information about possible date format qualifiers read more in the section
                <xref linkend="gnome-commander-advanced-rename-g-date-time-format"/>.
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para/>
    </sect2>
    <!-- Layout options -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-prefs-layout">
      <title>Razporeditev</title>
      <para lang="en">The layout preferences tab allows you to configure the appearance of Gnome Commander.
       You can allocate fonts, row heights, icons and color theme.</para>
      <para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>File Panes</guilabel>: In this section you can modify the
            way Gnome Commander is displayed.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Mime icon settings</guilabel> in this section you can
            configure how and which  icons display when they are enabled in the
            previous section.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">To modify the Panes layout options click on <menuchoice><guimenu>
         Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
         then click on the <guilabel>Layout</guilabel> tab.</para>
      <para lang="en">The options available are described in more detail below in the
       <xref linkend="gcmd-TBL-setting3"/></para>
      <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-TBL-setting3">
        <title lang="en">Layout option tab</title>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Glava</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Možnost</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>File panes</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Pisava</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">This button opens a font selection dialog, where you can preview
                and select the preferred font and size in which text is displayed in
                the panes.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
                <guilabel/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Pokaži pripone datotek</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">You can select here how file extensions are displayed in this
                drop down list. There are three options available:
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guibutton>In both columns</guibutton> where the extension is displayed in filename and extension columns</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en"><guibutton>In separate column</guibutton> where the extension is displayed in its own column</para>
                      </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                        <para lang="en"><guibutton>With filename</guibutton> where the extension is only displayed in the file name column; in this case the ext column is still displayed to allow sorting by extension</para>
                  </listitem>
                 </itemizedlist>
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
                <guilabel/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Grafični način</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">The graphical mode has three display options in the drop down
                list:
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guibutton>No icons</guibutton> this option does not display an icon item in the first column in the panel it displays a "/" in front of directories to distinguish them from files.</para>
                    </listitem>
                     <listitem>
                       <para lang="en"><guibutton>File type icons</guibutton> this option displays simple icons for files and folder.</para>
                     </listitem>
                     <listitem><para lang="en"><guibutton>MIME icons</guibutton> this option displays the mime icon associated with the file type. Selecting this option activates the <guilabel>MIME icon settings</guilabel> section below.</para>
                     </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
                 </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
                <guilabel/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Barvna shema</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Gnome Commander comes with six color themes. You can also use the theme
                as defined by your current GNOME theme (<guibutton>Respect theme
                colors</guibutton>). There is also an option to customize the theme
                (<guibutton>Custom</guibutton>). This option activates the <guibutton>
                Edit</guibutton> button.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
                <guilabel/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Uredi</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When the <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> option is selected this
                button activates. Clicking on it will open a dialog box where you can
                select row and alternate row colors for the foreground (text color)
                and background, the alternate colors are used by every other row,
                the selected file colors and the cursor position colors. For more information see below at <xref linkend="gnome-commander-prefs-layout-colors"/>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
                <guilabel/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para lang="en">Colorize files according to the LS_COLORS environment variable</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">This option uses LS_COLORS variable to highlight file types just
                 like the command "ls". For more information see below at <xref linkend="gnome-commander-prefs-layout-ls_colors"/>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry lang="en">
                <para/>
                <guilabel>MIME icon settings</guilabel>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Velikost ikone</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Specify the size of icons used to represent the files when
                <guibutton>MIME icon</guibutton> is activated above.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
                <guilabel/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Kakovost povečevanja</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Select the render quality of the icons (higher is better).
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
                <guilabel/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Mapa s tematskimi ikonami</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">If you wish to customize the theme icon select the folder
                containing the custom icons here.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para/>

    <sect3 id="gnome-commander-prefs-layout-colors">
    <title lang="en">Configuring Custom Colors</title>
    <para lang="en">To configure the custom colors for Gnome Commander click on <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, click on the <guilabel>Layout</guilabel> tab, Select <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Color scheme:</guilabel> drop down list then click the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> button.</para>
    <para lang="en">This feature allows you to configure how Gnome Commander displays elements to suit your needs. By default the unselected elements are all displayed in the same way. This can become confusing, to solve this you can configure alternate colors for alternate rows.</para>
    <para lang="en"><guilabel>Foreground</guilabel> describes the color used for the text, and <guilabel>background</guilabel> is the background color used for the row.</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Default</guilabel> this is the text and background colors used by default. These colors are used for standard unselected items.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Alternate</guilabel> If you wish to have a different color on alternate rows to help distinguish the files you can change the colors defined here. By default they are set to the same colors as the default.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Selected File</guilabel>, all selected items will be marked using the colors defined here. They differ from the default to help visualization of the marked items.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Cursor</guilabel> is the row currently activated. This highlights the position and is useful when navigating files with the keyboard.</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para lang="en">See the example figure of the Edit Colors... dialog below.</para>
    <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
    <figure id="options-layout-colors">
      <title lang="en">Configuring Custom Colors</title>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
      <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_options_layout_colors.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
      <phrase>Shows Gnome Commander dialog for editing custom colors.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
    </sect3>
    <sect3 id="gnome-commander-prefs-layout-ls_colors">
      <title lang="en">Configuring Custom LS_COLORS</title>
       <para lang="en">You can configure it to differentiate file types like LS_COLORS does when using the command shell. For more information on this you can look up the <ulink url="http://linux.die.net/man/5/dir_colors">dir_colors man page</ulink>.</para>
       <para lang="en">To enable the use of LS_COLORS for Gnome Commander click on <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then on the <guilabel>Layout</guilabel> tab and activate the <guilabel>Colorize files according to the LS_COLORS environment variable</guilabel> check box.</para>
       <para lang="en">If you prefer the basic colors from LS_COLOR variable to be translated into different shades of colors you may change them by clicking on the <guilabel>Edit colors...</guilabel> button.</para>
    </sect3>
<!-- ====Confirmation==== -->
    </sect2>
    <!-- Tabs options -->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-prefs-tabs">
      <title lang="en">Tabs</title>
      <!--brief description-->
      <para lang="en">The tabs preferences tab allows you to configure parameters for tabs.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">By checking <guilabel>Always show the tab bar</guilabel> in the tab bar section, Gnome Commander will always show the tab bar, even if only one tab is opened.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">In the tab lock indicator section, you can configure the way how a locked tab will be indicated. There are three different possibilities:
            <itemizedlist>
              <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Lock icon</guilabel>: An icon is shown,</para></listitem>
              <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>* (asterisk)</guilabel>: An asterisk is shown,</para></listitem>
              <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Styled text</guilabel>: The name of the tab is colored.</para></listitem>
            </itemizedlist>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para/>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-prefs-confirmation">
      <title>Potrditev</title>
      <para lang="en">The Confirmation tab allows you to configure when a confirmation dialog
      is displayed. You may also configure the behavior of Gnome Commander when the confirmation
      dialog does not appear.</para>
      <para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Delete</guilabel> whether deleting an item needs to be
            confirmed</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Copy overwrite</guilabel> configure the action when an item
            copied already exists in the target location</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Move overwrite</guilabel> configure the action when an item
            moved already exists in the target location</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Default Drag and Drop Action</guilabel> configure the action when an item
            is dropped after dragging it with the mouse</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">To modify the confirmation settings click on <menuchoice><guimenu>
       Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
       then click on the <guilabel>Confirmation</guilabel> tab.</para>
      <para lang="en">The options available are described in more detail below in the
       <xref linkend="gcmd-TBL-setting4"/>.</para>
      <para/>
      <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-TBL-setting4">
        <title lang="en">Layout option tab</title>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Glava</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Možnost</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Potrdi pred brisanjem</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When activated Gnome Commander opens a dialog to confirm file deletion.
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para lang="en">Confirm defaults to OK</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Selects default action in the dialog.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Copy overwrite</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para>Samodejno</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When this option is selected and if a file name in the target
            location is the same as one of the files copied it will be silently
            overwritten.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para>Predhodno poizvej</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When this option is selected and if a file name in the target
            location is the same as one of the files copied Gnome Commander will open a
            dialog asking for user confirmation. The user can authorize the
            overwriting of the file or skip the file.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para>Preskoči vse</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When this option is selected and if a file name in the target
            location is the same as one of the files copied, the files will be
            skipped and not copied into the target directory.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Move overwrite</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para>Samodejno</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When this option is selected and if a file name in the target
            location is the same as one of the files moved it will be silently
            overwritten.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para>Predhodno poizvej</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When this option is selected and if a file name in the target
            location is the same as one of the files moved Gnome Commander will open a
            dialog asking for user confirmation. The user can authorize the
            overwriting of the file or skip the file. The skipped file will then be still
            present in the source location.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para>Preskoči vse</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When this option is selected and if a file name in the target
            location is the same as one of the files copied, the file will be
            skipped and not moved into the target directory. The selected files
            will not be moved</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Drag and Drop</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para lang="en">Confirm mouse operation</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When this option is selected and if an item is dragged and dropped by using the mouse, a dialog opens in which the user is asked what should happen:
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Copy here</guilabel>: A copy of the item is created</para></listitem>
                    <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Move here</guilabel>: The item is moved</para></listitem>
                    <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Link here</guilabel>: A link to the item is created</para></listitem>
                    <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Cancel</guilabel>: No action is performed</para></listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
                </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para lang="en">Copy</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Items are copied without confirmation.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para lang="en">Move</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Items are moved without confirmation.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-prefs-filters">
      <title>Filtri</title>
      <!--Brief description-->
      <para lang="en">The filter section of the option dialog allows you to select which types of files are hidden.</para>
      <para lang="en">To modify the filter settings click on <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Options...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then click on the
       <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.</para>
      <para lang="en">The description for the files you can add in the hidden section is in the
        <xref linkend="gcmd-TBL-setting5"/></para>
      <para/>
      <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-TBL-setting5">
        <title lang="en">Filters option tab</title>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>Glava</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Možnost</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para>Opis</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Filetypes to hide</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Neznano</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Unknown filetypes are files that MIME does not have a definition
                for (on this system).</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Običajne datoteke</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Any normal files that contain text or binary executable.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Mape</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Directories or folders are special types of files that contain a list of other files.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para lang="en">Socket, fifo, block or character devices</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem><para lang="en">Socket files are the representation of physical devices in the filesystem.</para></listitem>
                  <listitem><para lang="en">A FIFO file does not contain any user information. Instead, it allows two or more processes to communicate with each other by reading/writing to/from this file.</para></listitem>
                  <listitem><para lang="en">A peripheral device that transfers a group of bytes of data at a time such as a disk.</para></listitem>
                  <listitem><para lang="en">A peripheral device that transfers data one byte at a time such as a serial port.</para></listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Also hide</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Skrite datoteke</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Hidden files and directories in linux are preceded by the ".". Hidden files usually contain application settings</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Varnostne kopije datotek</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Backup files are standard files. They contain a previous version of a file using the same name. The extension of this file is usually changed to "~" or "bak".</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para/>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Simbolne povezave</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">A symlink is an object linking to a file or a folder.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry>
                <para>Varnostne kopije datotek</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para lang="en">Text box for user-defined filename extensions</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">If backup files are hidden you can add filename extensions here that are used as backup files on your system. Separate multiple entries with semicolon.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
   </sect2>
    <!-- Preferred programs settings-->
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-prefs-programs">
      <title>Programi</title>
      <!-- Brief description-->
      <para lang="en">This section of the options dialog lets you configure preferred applications for different tasks.
      In the <guilabel>Other favorite apps</guilabel> section you can specify even more applications for opening
      certain document types. See the <xref linkend="gcmd-TBL-setting6"/> and below for more information.</para>
      <para/>
      <para>
        <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-TBL-setting6">
          <title lang="en">Programs option tab</title>
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>Glava</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para>Možnost</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para>Opis</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">
        <guilabel>MIME application</guilabel>
                   </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para lang="en">Always download remote files before opening in external program</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para lang="en">Whether the associated application is started before the remote file is downloaded locally.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
              <entry>
            <para lang="en"><guilabel>Standard programs</guilabel>
               </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="cospec2">
                <para lang="en">Viewer:</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Set which application is used when the view command is used by pressing the <keycap>F3</keycap> key. Default value: <command>gedit %s</command>. %s is the variable containing the selected items. See <xref linkend="gcmd-TBL-setting7"/> table for more information. By default Gnome Commander uses an internal viewer. See next row.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para lang="en">Use Internal Viewer</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">When this option is activated (default) Gnome Commander uses its internal viewer to display the selected item, if it is deactivated the application defined above will be used instead.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Urejevalnik:</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">In this text box you can type in the command line used to start your favorite text editor. Default value: <command>gedit %u</command>.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Primerjava:</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">In this text box you can type in the command line used to start your favorite comparison tool. %s is the variable containing the selected files to compare. Default value: <command>meld %s</command>.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry><para/></entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para lang="en">Search:</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para lang="en">In this text box you can type in the command line used to searching files and folders.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry><para/></entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para lang="en">Use Internal Search</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para lang="en">When this option is activated (default) Gnome Commander uses its internal search for searching the file system.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para lang="en">Send files:</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">In this text box you can type in the command line used to send files to a preferred application. %s is the variable containing the selected files to be sent. Default value: <command>xdg-email --attach %s"</command></para>
              </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Terminal:</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">In this text box you can type in the command line used to start your favorite terminal application. Default value: <command>xdg-terminal-exec</command>.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
        <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>Other favorite apps</guilabel></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Dodaj</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">You can add any other application in this section. The applications defined here will appear in the contextual menu. A dialog box is opened when you click on this button. This dialog box options are described below.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Uredi</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Clicking this button will open a dialog where you can modify the parameters used to launch the application selected. The same dialog box as above is opened when you click on this button. This dialog box options are described below.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
        <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Odstrani</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Clicking this button will remove the application selected from the list.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
        <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Gor</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Clicking this button will move the application up in the list, this will also affect the order in which the list is displayed in the contextual menu.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
        <row>
              <entry><para/></entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>Dol</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">Clicking this button will move the application down in the list, this will also affect the order in which the list is displayed in the contextual menu.</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
        <row>
              <entry>
                <para lang="en"><guilabel>Global app options</guilabel></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para lang="en">Terminal command for apps in the list above</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para lang="en">In this text box you can type in the command line used to start your app from the list above with a favorite terminal application. %s is the variable used to pass the command to be executed  in the terminal. Default value: "gnome-terminal -e %s".</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">As you can see in the list above, "%s" can be used for filename expansion. All possible expansion types are listed in the table below:</para>
      <para>
        <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-TBL-setting7">
          <title lang="en">String expansion</title>
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">String</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en">Expands to...</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
              <entry colname="cospec0">
                <para lang="en">%f</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
      <para lang="en">File name (or list for multiple selections)</para>
              </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para>%F</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Quoted filename (or list for multiple selections)</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para>%p</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Full file system path (or list for multiple selections)</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para>%P</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Quoted full file system path (or list for multiple selections)</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para>%s</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Synonym for %P (for compatibility with previous versions of Gnome Commander)</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para>%u</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Fully qualified URI for the file (or list for multiple selections)</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para>%d</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Full path to the directory containing file</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para lang="en">%D</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Quoted full path to the directory containing file</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para>%%</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para lang="en">Percent sign</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
      </para>
      <para lang="en">The section below describes the process of adding or modifying other applications to the contextual menu</para>
      <para lang="en">In the <xref linkend="options-application-fig"/> box you can input a number of different parameters to run
      the application you want. You will probably need to check the various options available for the application in its manual
      pages.</para>
      <note><para lang="en">The dialog box used to modify existing applications is the same as the one described below.</para></note>
         <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
      <figure id="options-application-fig">
        <title lang="en">New Application dialog</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_dialog_application.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Shows Gnome Commander new application dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
            <para>
        <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-apps">
            <title lang="en">New Application tab</title>
              <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
                <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
                  <thead>
                    <row rowsep="1">
                        <entry>
                          <para>Glava</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Možnost</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para>Opis</para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                  </thead>
                  <tbody>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Label:</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">This text box contains the label that is displayed in the contextual menu.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Command:</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">This text box contains the command line used to start the application and open the selected items.
                          </para>
                          <para><note><para lang="en">It is recommended that you read the help or the manual pages of the application to start it properly and to configure it with the correct options.</para></note></para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Icon:</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Izbor ikone</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">Clicking on this button opens a dialog box where you can choose the Icon that will displayed in the contextual menu.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Options</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Lahko upravlja z več datotekami hkrati</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">Whether the application can handle multiple file names to be passed in the command used to start it.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row><row>
                        <entry>
                          <para>
                            <guilabel/>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Lahko upravlja z naslovi URI</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">Whether the application can handle a file name provided as a URI. This is especially important when you work on remote files. You can get more information about this in the Help and Manual pages of the application itself.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row><row>
                        <entry>
                          <para>
                            <guilabel/>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Zahteva terminal</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">Whether the application requires a terminal to be opened. In this case Gnome Commander starts the application in an independent terminal.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Show for</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Vse datoteke</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">When this option is selected right clicking on any file will display the application in the contextual menu.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row><row>
                        <entry>
                          <para>
                            <guilabel/>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Vse mape</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">When this option is selected right clicking on any directory will display the application in the contextual menu.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row><row>
                        <entry>
                          <para>
                            <guilabel/>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Vse mape in datoteke</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">When this option is selected right clicking on any file or directory will display the application in the contextual menu.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row><row>
                        <entry>
                          <para>
                            <guilabel/>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Nekatere datoteke</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">When this option is selected right clicking on the files specified in the <guimenu>File patterns</guimenu> below will display the application in the contextual menu.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row><row>
                        <entry>
                          <para>
                            <guilabel/>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Vzorci datotek</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">This contains the file extensions specific to the application. The syntax is as follow: "*.extension" use ";" as a separator between the different extensions if there are more than one.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                  </tbody>
                </tgroup>
              </table>
              </para>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-prefs-devices">
      <title>Naprave</title>
      <!--Brief description -->
      <para lang="en">This section of the option dialog lets you configure devices so that you can access them by pressing a button in the device buttons toolbar or an entry in the connections menu.</para>
      <para lang="en">This can be useful if you have configured devices through your fstab file. In this case, these devices might not be shown automatically in the devices buttons toolbar.</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">In the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> window all devices which have been added manually are shown together with their icon.</para></listitem>
         <listitem><para lang="en">Below the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> window you have two options:
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Show Samba workgroups icons</guilabel>: If activated, a SMB workgroups icon will be shown in the device buttons toolbar.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Show only the icons</guilabel>: If activated, device icons are shown without their alias name in the device buttons toolbar.</para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para lang="en">On the right hand side there are five buttons, described in the <xref linkend="gcmd-dev"/> table below.</para>
      <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
      <figure id="options-devices-fig">
        <title>Možnosti naprav</title>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_options_devices.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Shows Gnome Commander devices preferences dialog.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
      <para>
        <table frame="topbot" id="gcmd-dev">
          <title lang="en">Devices tab</title>
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>Glava</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para>Možnost</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para>Opis</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry>
                  <para lang="en">
        <guilabel>Devices:</guilabel>
                   </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para lang="en">Add:
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para lang="en">You can add a device by pressing this button. The device defined here will appear in the device buttons toolbar and an entry in the connections menu. A dialog box is opened when you click on this button.
                  </para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry>
                  <para>
        <guilabel/>
                   </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para lang="en">Edit:
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para lang="en">Clicking this button will open a dialog where you can modify a device which is selected in the <guimenu>Devices</guimenu> window list.
                  </para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry>
                  <para>
        <guilabel/>
                   </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para lang="en">Remove:
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para lang="en">Clicking this button will remove the device selected from the <guimenu>Devices</guimenu> window list.
                  </para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry>
                  <para>
        <guilabel/>
                   </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para lang="en">Up:
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para lang="en">Clicking this button will move the device up in the list. This will also affect the order in which the list is displayed in the contextual menu.
                  </para>
                </entry>
              </row><row>
                <entry>
                  <para>
        <guilabel/>
                   </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec2">
                  <para lang="en">Down:
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec3">
                  <para lang="en">Clicking this button will move the device down in the list. This will also affect the order in which the list is displayed in the contextual menu.
                  </para>
                </entry>
        </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </table>
      </para>
      <note><para lang="en">The dialog box used to add new and to modify existing devices is the same. The explanation for this one follows below.</para></note>
      <para>
        <table frame="topbot" id="options-edit-dev-tab">
            <title lang="en">Devices option tab</title>
              <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50.36*"/>
                <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
                  <thead>
                    <row rowsep="1">
                        <entry>
                          <para>Glava</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>Možnost</para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para>Opis</para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                  </thead>
                  <tbody>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Alias:</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">This text box contains the label that is displayed in the contextual menu.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Device/Label:</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">This text box contains the device which should be accessed. Usually it is located in the /dev directory, so you can for example write /dev/sdx1 here. The device would then be mounted via "mount /dev/sdx1".
                          On the other hand you can also add a label of a device which you have configured in the system fstab. If the string entered in the text box does not start with a "/" character (e.g. Media), the device is mounted with "mount -L" (e.g. "mount -L Media").
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Mount point:</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">Here you specify where the device should be mounted to, so that Gnome Commander knows where to jump to when the mount was successful, for example /mnt/cdrom.</para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                    <row>
                        <entry>
                          <para lang="en">
                            <guilabel>Icon</guilabel>
                         </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec2">
                          <para>
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                        <entry colname="colspec3">
                          <para lang="en">By clicking on the button you can specify the icon which should be displayed in the contextual menu.
                          </para>
                        </entry>
                    </row>
                  </tbody>
                </tgroup>
              </table>
              </para>
    </sect2>
  </sect1>

<!-- ============= Keyboard shortcuts ===================== -->
<!-- This section contains info about the keyboard mappings.-->
  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-keyboard">
    <title lang="en">Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
    <para lang="en">In this section the keyboard shortcuts in Gnome Commander are presented. In the table below you will find each keyboard shortcut, its mappings and an info if it is user definable.</para>
    <para lang="en">If you want to know more about how to change a keyboard shortcut or how to assign a new one (if user definable), look at the section <xref linkend="gnome-commander-user-actions"/>.</para>
    <tip><para lang="en">The daily usage of Gnome Commander is very effective if you know by heart at least the most important keyboard shortcuts for moving and file handling (see section <xref linkend="gnome-commander-usage"/>). Learn them and Gnome Commander will be an even more effective tool for you.</para></tip>
    <note>
      <para lang="en">Some keyboard shortcuts may not work as expected with your keyboard layout.
                The reason for that is that e.g. the <keycap>=</keycap> key on a German keyboard can only be pressed
                in combination with the <keycap>SHIFT</keycap> modifier, so the
                keyboard shortcut <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo> is
                impossible. Use the
                keyboard shortcuts preference tool of Gnome Commander to customize the default keyboard
                shortcuts to your requirements.</para>
    </note>
    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2">
        <colspec colname="col1"/>
        <colspec colname="col2"/>
        <thead>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry colname="col1" colsep="0" valign="top"><para>Bližnjica</para></entry>
            <entry colname="col2" valign="top"><para>Preslikavanje</para></entry>
            <entry colname="col3" align="center" valign="top"><para lang="en">User definable</para></entry>
        </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Pomoč</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Preimenuj datoteko</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Poglej datoteke</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Uredi datoteko</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Kopirj datoteke</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F6</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Rename or move files</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Ustvari mapo</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Izbriši datoteke</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Iskanje</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Enter menu</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>F12</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Display main menu</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>DOWN</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Open the history list of visited directories</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Primerjava map</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Poglej datoteko z vgrajenim pregledovalnikom</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Poglej datoteko z zunanjim pregledovalnikom</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Uredi novo datoteko</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Make a copy of the file in the current directory.</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Ustvari simbolno povezavo</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F6</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Preimenuj datoteko</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Bring up the context menu for the selected files.</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Razvrsti po imenu</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Razvrsti po priponi</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Razvrsti po času in datumu</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>F6</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Razvrsti po velikosti</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SUPER</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Poišči datoteke</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>NUM +</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Izbor datotek z vzorčnim nizom</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>NUM -</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Počiščenje izbora z uporabo vzorcev</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>NUM *</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Obrni izbor</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>NUM +</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Izberi vse datoteke</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>NUM -</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Počisti izbor označenih datotek</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>LEFT</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>BACKSPACE</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>PageUp</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Change to parent directory (cd ..)</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>RIGHT</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>PageDown</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Change directory</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo>(in panels)</para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Change directory or open file</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo>(in command line)</para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Execute command line</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Execute command line in the defined terminal</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Execute command line in background, ignoring its output</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>LEFT</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Go back to the last visited directory</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>RIGHT</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Go forward to the next visited directory</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>\</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Go to the root directory</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>~</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>`</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Go to the home directory</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>INSERT</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Select file or directory and move down</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SPACE</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Select file or directory (as <keycombo><keycap>INSERT</keycap></keycombo>).
                         If <keycombo><keycap>SPACE</keycap></keycombo> is used on an unselected directory under the cursor,
                         the contents in this directory are counted and the size is shown in the "full" view instead of the string DIR</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Show properties for the selected file</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">For each directory in the list, calculate the cumulative size of its contents
                         and display it instead of the string DIR, like <keycap>SPACE</keycap> does for
                         a single directory</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>DELETE</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Izbriši datoteke</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>DELETE</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Delete files permanently (do not move them to the trash can, even if this is configured in the options)</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Copy files to clipboard</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Copy file names to clipboard</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>X</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Cut files to clipboard</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Paste from clipboard to current dir</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Open bookmarks</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>M</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Advanced Rename Tool</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>TAB</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Switch between left and right file list</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>U</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Swap left and right file list</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>LEFT</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Open the current directory of the left file list on the right one</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>RIGHT</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Open the current directory of the right file list on the left one</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>.</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Open the current directory of the inactive file list in the active one</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>.</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Open the current directory of the active file list in the inactive one</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Open slide popup for setting the panel sizes</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Set equal size for both panels</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Odpiranje mape v novem zavihku</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Zapri trenutni zavihek</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Zapri vse zavihke</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>TAB</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Preklopi na naslednji zavihek</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>TAB</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Preklopi na predhodni zavihek</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Osveži dejavni seznam datotek</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Pogovorno okno možnosti</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Preklop skrivanja datotek</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Odpri novo oddaljeno povezavo</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Povezava z oddaljenim strežnikom</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
          <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Connect to the first remote server in the remote server list</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
          </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para>Prekinitev povezave z oddaljenim strežnikom</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>1</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SUPER</keycap><keycap>1</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Change left connection</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>2</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>SUPER</keycap><keycap>2</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Change right connection</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
          <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
          <entry><para lang="en">Jump to panels</para></entry>
          <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
          <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
          <entry><para lang="en">Jump to the command line</para></entry>
          <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
          <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
          <entry><para lang="en">Jump to the command output</para></entry>
          <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>Letter(s)</keycap></keycombo></para>
                   <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>ALT</keycap><keycap>Letter(s)</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Quick search for a file name (starting with specified letter) in the current directory</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>Letter</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">Redirect to command line, cursor jumps to command line</para></entry>
            <entry><para/></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>ESC</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para>Počisti ukazno vrstico</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">The full path of the current directory is added to the command line</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">The file name under the cursor in the source directory is added to the end of the command line</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top" rowsep="1">
            <entry lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">The file name under the cursor including its path is added to the end of the command line</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        <row valign="top">
            <entry><para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>DOWN</keycap></keycombo></para>
              <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>E</keycap></keycombo></para></entry>
            <entry><para lang="en">A list with the latest command lines (history list) is opened. Use the <keycombo><keycap>UP</keycap></keycombo>
            and <keycombo><keycap>DOWN</keycap></keycombo> cursor keys to select an entry.
            By pressing <keycombo><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo>, the currently marked entry is copied into the command line.
            This automatically closes the list.</para></entry>
            <entry><para>da</para></entry>
        </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
  </sect1>

<!-- ============= User actions ===================== -->
<!-- This section contains info about the user actions.-->
  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-user-actions">
    <title lang="en">User Actions</title>
    <para lang="en">User actions trigger predefined functions (actions) and make Gnome Commander very flexible. They are accessed by a key or set of keys (shortcut key). </para>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-user-actions-managing">
      <title lang="en">Managing user actions</title>
      <para lang="en">The dialog for user actions and associated keyboard shortcuts can be opened by clicking on <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard Shortcuts…</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Below, the usage of the dialog is explained.</para>
      <para lang="en">The keyboard shortcuts dialog lists available user actions with their respective configured shortcuts. As the list is quite long, you can use the search textbox above it to limit the display only to the actions containing specific text. In addition, a checkbox below that textbox allows showing only actions where default shortcut settings have been modified.</para>
      <para lang="en">The actions are listed in multiple blocks including “Panel” shortcuts, “Command Line” shortcuts and “Gnome Commander window” shortcuts. Shortcuts for the two former groups only apply to the respective parts of the window while the shortcuts in the latter group can be pressed anywhere in the window.</para>
      <para lang="en">The entries in each block consist of two columns:
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Shortcut Action</guilabel>: Action to perform by pressing the shortcut key.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Shortcut Key</guilabel>: Key combination the user has to press to perform the action. It's possible to assign more than one key combination to an action. Some actions are already assigned to multiple shortcuts by default.</para></listitem>
      </orderedlist></para>
      <para lang="en">You can configure the available shortcuts by clicking on the related icons for adding or editing on the right. When a shortcut is modified, the shortcut key is written in bold letters. Also, the action name is written in bold letters if the action’s default shortcut configuration has been modified. A “Reset to Default” button appears then, allowing to reset the action’s configured shortcuts to the default value.</para>
      <para lang="en">Find the default key bindings in the previous section <xref linkend="gnome-commander-keyboard"/>.</para>
    </sect2>
  </sect1>

<!-- ================= Additional Popup Menu Actions ================= -->
<!-- This section contains info about the simple plugin system of gcmd.-->
  <sect1 id="popup-menu-actions">
    <title lang="en">Additional Pop-up Menu Actions</title>
    <sect2 id="popup-menu-actions-introduction">
        <title>Uvod</title>
        <para lang="en">
            The pop-up menu of Gnome Commander, which can be opened by right-clicking on a file or folder or by pressing
            <keycombo><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>, can be easily extended by putting executable files into
            <guilabel>~/.config/gnome-commander/scripts/</guilabel>. For each file in this directory a separate entry in the pop-up menu will be displayed.
            When such a menu entry is clicked, the associated script will be executed with the names of all selected items as arguments. When the
            <keycap>SHIFT</keycap> key is pressed while clicking the pop-up menu entry, the script will be called separately for each selected file.
        </para>
        <figure id="popup-menu-actions-example-fig">
            <title lang="en">Example picture of the pop-up menu with four additional entries</title>
            <screenshot>
                <mediaobject>
                    <imageobject>
                        <imagedata fileref="figures/gnome-commander_simple_plugins_example.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
        </figure>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="popup-menu-actions-file-format">
        <title lang="en">File format</title>
        <para lang="en">
            The files can be binary or simple text files. In the latter case it is possible to handle some config variables over to Gnome Commander
            by using a key-value format: <guilabel>#[key]: [value]</guilabel>, with '#' being the first character in a text line.
        </para>
        <para lang="en">Currently, the following keys are implemented:</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
            <tgroup cols="3">
                <colspec colname="Key"/>
                <colspec colname="Description"/>
                <colspec colname="Comment"/>
                <tbody>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">name</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">The label of the menu item</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">If undefined, the script file name will be used</para></entry>
                    </row>
                    <row valign="top">
                        <entry><para lang="en">term</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">Run the script in a terminal window</para></entry>
                        <entry><para lang="en">To activate this, set value to 'true'</para></entry>
                    </row>
                </tbody>
            </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="popup-menu-actions-examples">
        <title lang="en">Example Pop-up menu scripts</title>
        <para lang="en">Some example scripts can be found <ulink url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-commander/tree/main/gcmd-scripts" type="https">online</ulink> in
        the Gnome Commander git repository.</para>
    </sect2>
  </sect1>

      <!-- ============= Tips and tricks ======================== -->
      <!-- This section contains info some very simple tips and tricks.-->
      <sect1 id="gnome-commander-tips-and-tricks">
  <title>Triki in namigi</title>
  <para lang="en">Some very simple tips and tricks on using and getting the most out of Gnome Commander.</para>
  <sect2 id="gnome-commander-handling-archives">
    <title lang="en">Handling Archives</title>
    <para lang="en">Gnome Commander still lacks built-in browsing of compressed archives. However the program can be configured so
    that working with archives becomes quite practical anyway.</para>
    <para lang="en">There are two different ways: The preferred one is to activate the built-in
    <application>Fileroller</application> plugin in the menu
    <menuchoice><guimenu>Plugins</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Plugins...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. By
    activating this plugin you get additional entries in the popup menu by right clicking on selected files
    and folders (make sure that <application>Fileroller</application> is installed in your system).
    By clicking on an archive, the popup menu lets you choose where to extract the archive to.</para>
    <para lang="en">The second, outdated but still working way is the following:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
    If you don't already have the program <application>Fileroller</application>,
              download it and install it.</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Open the <guimenu>Options</guimenu> dialog and go to the <guimenuitem>Programs</guimenuitem> tab.</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Add two favorite apps using the values shown in the figures below.</para>
            </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para lang="en">You can now right click any file or folder and choose <guimenuitem>Create archive...</guimenuitem>
    to compress it and right click compressed files and choose <guimenuitem>Extract archive...</guimenuitem>
    to extract it.</para>
          <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
    <figure id="create-archive">
            <title lang="en">Create Archive</title>
            <screenshot>
              <mediaobject lang="en">
    <imageobject>
      <imagedata fileref="figures/create_archive.png" format="PNG"/>
    </imageobject>
    <textobject>
      <phrase>This entry allows creating archives easily.</phrase>
    </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
    </figure>
    <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
    <!-- ==== Figure ==== -->
    <figure id="extract-archive">
            <title lang="en">Extract Archive</title>
            <screenshot>
              <mediaobject lang="en">
    <imageobject>
      <imagedata fileref="figures/extract_archive.png" format="PNG"/>
    </imageobject>
    <textobject>
      <phrase>This entry allows extract archives easily.</phrase>
    </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
    </figure>
    <!-- ==== End of Figure ==== -->
  </sect2>
  <sect2 id="gnome-commander-copy-path-names">
    <title lang="en">Copying File Names and Paths</title>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
        <para lang="en">To copy names of selected files to the environment's clipboard, use the Copy File Names action
        on the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu or the "**" icon on the toolbar.</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
        <para lang="en">To copy full paths of selected files to the environment's clipboard, hold down
        <keycap>SHIFT</keycap> while activating either the Copy File Names action on the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
        menu or the "**" icon on the toolbar.</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
        <para lang="en">To copy the full path of the current directory, right click on the directory indicator at the top
          of the directory list.</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
        <para lang="en">To insert the current file's path in Gnome Commander's command line, press
        <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>SHIFT</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
        <para lang="en">To insert the current file's name in Gnome Commander's command line, press
        <keycombo><keycap>CTRL</keycap><keycap>ENTER</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
            </listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
  </sect2>
  </sect1>

<!-- ============= Installation =========================== -->
<!-- This section contains info about the program installation.-->
  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-installation">
    <title lang="en">Gnome Commander Installation</title>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-getting-app">
      <title lang="en">Getting Gnome Commander</title>
      <para lang="en">
            It's recommended to use the Gnome Commander package that is provided by your distribution.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
            All current and historical releases can be found on the <ulink type="http" url="http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/gnome-commander/">GNOME FTP server</ulink>, too.
      </para>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-versioning">
      <title lang="en">Versioning</title>
      <para lang="en">
        Gnome Commander is being developed in a stable and a testing branch, where the test releases fill the purpose of testing new ideas.
        Successful ones will then get backported to the stable branch. The version numbers (major, minor and micro) follows
        the quite usual standard of odd and even versioning, where odd minor versions stands for the unstable releases
        and the even numbered branch eventually gets the thoroughly tested new functions backported.</para>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-stable-version">
      <title lang="en">Current stable version</title>
      <para lang="en">If you'd like to compile the latest stable version of Gnome Commander yourself, get it as a tar.xz
      file from GNOME's <ulink type="http" url="https://download.gnome.org/sources/gnome-commander/">download server</ulink>.</para>
      <para lang="en">After extracting the archive, first have a look at the <guimenu>README</guimenu> file,
      where you get an overview of the downloaded release. Also, have a look at the
      <guimenu>INSTALL</guimenu> file. The installation is explained in detail there.</para>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-development-version">
      <title>Razvojna različica</title>
      <para lang="en">For those of you who feel really adventurous, or maybe want to hack on the freshest code,
        the latest development source snapshots are available by using git:</para>
      <para lang="en">
        <command>git clone https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-commander.git</command>
      </para>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">The above works only to do a first time download and not for updating the code,
        if you already have a version of the code simply run <command>git pull</command> to get the latest revisions.</para>
      </note>
    </sect2>
  </sect1>

  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-bugs">
    <title>Znani hrošči in omejitve programa</title>
    <para lang="en">You can report or view Gnome Commander bugs at <ulink type="http" url="https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-commander/-/work_items">gitlab.gnome.org</ulink>.</para>
    <para lang="en">Some words about bugs: Though Gnome Commander is relatively free from bugs and is a quite mature program, no programs will ever be totally bug free.
        New bugs can be introduced with new features, or through other programs and libraries it depends on,
        especially for development and testing versions. Quality bug reporting is very important
        and can be a very good help for the developers to make a better program.</para>
    <para lang="en">Bug reporting is not an act of dissatisfaction, so you are very welcome to help us find and fix the bugs.
        Testing of the new releases and bug reporting is the best way users without programming knowledge can help out in the development of a program,
        and those with programming knowledge are very welcome to suggest fixes and/or send patches to the developers,
        all in the spirit of free and open source software.</para>
  <para lang="en"><emphasis>Given enough eyeballs, all bugs are shallow.</emphasis></para>

  <para lang="en"><foreignphrase>Linus law.</foreignphrase></para>
 </sect1>

  <sect1 id="gnome-commander-about">
    <title lang="en">About Gnome Commander</title>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-history">
      <title lang="en">History of Gnome Commander</title>
      <para lang="en"> Gnome Commander was primarily written by Marcus Bjurman, who was the one initiating this
      project in 2001 and developed it up to version 1.1.6 in January 2004.</para>
      <para lang="en">Later on, since 2004, Gnome Commander was maintained by the new lead developer Piotr Eljasiak,
      working at the project already since 2002. In this time, Assaf Gordon contributed by
      implementing the internal file viewer.</para>
      <para lang="en">Piotr conducted the development until version 1.2.8.15. In this time Magnus Stålnacke
      was responsible for the homepage. On the mailing list, amongst others, Michael and Magnus
      contributed with many great ideas and by helping finding bugs and other inconsistencies.
      After Magnus resigned from the project, Thomas Jost helped to maintain the homepage at
      Savannah.org</para>
      <para lang="en">While the program was first written in C, Piotr started to migrate the
      codebase to C++. The migration was never really finished and the status was merely a
      mixture of both.</para>
      <para lang="en">Unfortunately, Piotr suddenly passed away in the beginning of 2012 and Gnome Commander had no
      maintainer for nearly two years. Late in 2013, Uwe Scholz, a user of Gnome Commander since the
      days before version 1.0, took over the project as project maintainer. His main goal
      was to keep the project alive, e.g. by getting rid of the legacy library dependency
      "gnome-vfs".</para>
      <para lang="en">In 2024, Andrey Kutejko got involved in the project and migrated Gnome Commander from Gtk2 to Gtk4.
      He also started the migration from C++ to the Rust language.</para>
      <para lang="en">In early 2026, Wladimir Palant joined the project and fixed a lot of bugs, improved
      performance and introduced new features, for example the embedded terminal output.
      Wladimir became the new project maintainer after the release of Gnome Commander version 2.0.</para>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-location">
      <title>Mesto</title>
      <para lang="en">In the beginning, Gnome Commander had its home at Sourceforge. Later, the project moved to
      Savannah.org, where it got its own homepage and its mailing lists. In the end
      of 2003, the source tree moved to Gnome.org. Though, the homepage and mailing lists were
      still hosted at Savannah.</para>
      <para lang="en">Since 2013, the location of the Gnome Commander home page has been moved to GitHub.org.</para>
      <para lang="en">Since 2026, the location of the Gnome Commander home page has been moved to GNOME GitLab pages
        where it also got a modern outfit.</para>
    </sect2>
    <sect2 id="gnome-commander-License">
      <title>Dovoljenje</title>
      <para lang="en"> This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
      the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
      Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option)
      any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this
      <ulink type="http" url="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0">link</ulink>,
      or in the folder LICENSES included with the source code of this program.</para>
    </sect2>
  </sect1>
</article>
